一百日學好英語主要是針對一些重要之文法規則(grammar rules) 去改善讀者之英語水準。由於本書著重文

法(grammar)，故書中提及不少文法詞語。雖然各課文中均有文法詞語之中英文對照，但為了方便讀者起見，以
下是本資料庫所有文法詞語中英對照之一覽表。
adjective
形容詞
adverb
副詞
adverbial clause
副詞子句
article
冠詞
the base form of a verb
動詞原形
(bare infinitive) countable nouns
可數名詞
connectives
連接詞
clause
子句
gerund
動名詞
infinitive
不定詞
intransitive verb
不及物動詞
interrogatives
疑問詞
modal
情態動詞
noun
名詞
noun clause
名詞子句
object
受詞
pronoun
代名詞
preposition
介詞
phrase
片語/短語
phrasal verb
片語動詞
plural
複數
question tags
附加問句
subject
主詞
singular
單數
tense
動詞詞態
transitive verb
及物動詞
uncountable nouns
不可數名詞
verb to be
助動詞
有了這個表，讀者便可以對各文法詞語一目了然。此外，本資料庫之特色為以一百日為學習時間，讀者只
須依照已編好之進度去學習，便能在一百天內改善其英語水準。為求達到事半功倍之效，希敬各讀者按照時間
1
表之分配學習，不要間斷，持之以恆。
完成此資料庫後，讀者還可參閱本公司出版之其他英語學習叢書，不斷提高其英語水準。

** DAY 1 **
A. DAILY / EVERYDAY ENGLISH
In this chapter, we will learn some useful expressions of greetings, farewells and polite
responses for daily life.
(日常生活中一些有用的招呼用語，道別用語和有禮貌的回應語。)
a. Greetings
(招呼用語)
Hi/ Hello
任何時間見面時都可用。
Good morning
早晨，上午見面時可用。
Good afternoon
午安，下午見面時可用。
Good evening
晚上好，晚上見面時可用。
How are you?
任何時間見面時問候用。
Fine, thank you.
回應別人問候的致謝語。
I'm fine, thank you.
也是回應別人問候的致謝語。
Very well, thank you.
也是回應別人問候的致謝語。
b. Farewell
(道別用語)
See you.
任何時間分手時用。
So long.
任何時間分手時用。
Good day./ Have a good day.
白天分手時用。並祝對方有愉快的一天。
Good night.
晚上分手時用。
Good-bye.
任何時間分手時用。
Bye-bye.
任何時間分手時用。
c. Regret or apology
(致歉用語)
Sorry.
道歉或表示遺憾時用。
I'm sorry.
道歉或表示遺憾時用。
Excuse me.
請求原諒或打擾別人時用。
Pardon me.
請求原諒時用。
d. Polite responses
(有禮貌的回應語)
No problem.
沒問題。
Don't care it.
對別人致歉後的回應。
That's all right/Nevermind.
對別人致歉後的回應。
You're welcome/It's my pleasure.
對別人道謝後的回應。
Yes, OK.
2
用於肯定答覆。
Certainly /Sure/Of course.
用於肯定答覆。
Yes, please.
回答別人詢問有關你的選擇時之肯定回答。
No, thank you.
回答別人詢問有關你的選擇時之否定回答。

** DAY 2 **
e. Common errors
(常犯錯誤)
1. " 〤 "
"How do you do?"
"Fine, thank you."
" ˇ "
"How are you?"
"Fine, thank you."
("你好嗎?" "好，謝謝你"。)
"How do you do?" 與 "How are you?" 的用法是不同的。當兩個不相識的人，在第一次見面時，用"How
do you do?"而回應語同樣是"How do you do?"如大家已認識，在見面時應用"How are you?"，並以"Fine, t
hank you." 回應。
2. " 〤 "
"Would you like some peanuts?"
"No, please."
" ˇ "
"Would you like some peanuts?"
"No, thank you."
("你想吃些花生嗎？" "不用了，謝謝。")
在英語中，當回答別人詢問有關你的選擇時，應以"Yes, please."用於肯定回答，而以"No, thank yo
u."用於否定回答，我們不應只說"Yes."或"No."，是不禮貌的。
3. " 〤 "
Mr. Wong, "Do you mind if I smoke?"
Mr. Li, "Nevermind."
" ˇ "
Mr. Wong, "Do you mind if I smoke?"
Mr. Li, "No, not at all."
"Do you mind if I smoke?"意思是"你介意我吸煙嗎？"答案應是，"No, not at all."先答了"不"，再
說"不介意"。當別人說"I'm sorry for that."，表示對不起的意思時，我們才回答"Nevermind."可作"沒關
係"之意。

Exercise 1
Fill in the blanks with suitable expressions.
1. Eva: # #. Can you tell me where the post office is?
Dick: Certainly. It's at the end of the street.
Answer: Excuse me
2. # a #. I spilt the milk on the floor.
# b #. Wipe it off with a piece of cloth.
(不要緊，用一塊布抹去就沒有問題了！)
Answer: a. Sorry/I'm sorry b. Nevermind
3. Father: Sam, can you help me to clean the cups?
Sam: # #,(Sam is pleased to help. Sam是樂意幫忙的。)
Answer: Certainly/Of course/Sure/No problem
4. I'm sorry. I forgot your name!
# #, I'm Smith.
Answer: Nevermind
5. "Thank you for your coffee, Tom." Peter said.
"# #." Tom said.
Answer: You're welcome/It's my pleasure/You are welcome
6. "Hello, Tom! How are you?"
"# #, thank you."
Answer: Fine
3
7. "Could you pass the book, please?"
"# #. "
Answer: Yes, certainly/Of course/Sure/No problem
8. "Good morning, Charles."
"# #, Rose."
Answer: Good morning
9. It's too late. I have to go back now. # a #.
# b #. See you tomorrow.
Answer: a. Bye b. Bye/Take care
10. "Thank you very much for the help, Mary!" Sam said.
"# #." Mary said.
Answer: You're welcome/It's my pleasure/You are welcome

Exercise 2
Select the following expressions to fill in the blanks.
% a. Sorry, I'm late.
% b. You're welcome.
% c. Fine, thank you.
% d. Nevermind.
% e. I'm sorry.
% f. No, not at all.
1. Paul: "I'm very sorry."
June: "# #."
Answer: d
2. John: "Mr. Smith, # #."
Mr. Smith: "Go to your seat at once."
Answer: a
3. David: "Good afternoon, Mr. Jackson. How are you?"
Mr. Jackson: "# #."
Answer: c
4. Ann: "Thank you for your help."
Tim: "# #."
Answer: b
5. Lisa: "Do you mind lending me the ruler?"
Janet: "# #."
Answer: f

** DAY 3 **
B. PUNCTUATION
標點符號分為：
a. Full-stop (.)(句號)
b. Comma (,)(逗號)
c. Question mark (?) (問號)
d. Exclamation mark (!)(感歎號)
e. Apostrophe (')(省略號)
f. Colon (:)(冒號)
g. Brackets (Parentheses) (括號)
h. Semicolon (;)(分號)
i. Quotation marks ('')(引號)
j. Dash (-)(破折號)
a. Full-stop (.)
一般在下列情況下使用句號(.)：
1. 在一個句子末尾:
e.g. I have a pen.
2. 在縮寫的單詞後面：
e.g. Oct., Govt., Rd.(road) 路, St. (street) 街
3. 用於字母縮寫(abbreviations of single letters)
i.e.(即是)e.g.(例如) N. Korea (North Korea)
b. Comma (,)
逗號一般用於下列情況中：
1. 把附加信息(additional information)分隔開。
4
Mr. Li, our English teacher, left for America yesterday.
"our English teacher" 是用來給與我們多些關於 Mr. Li 的資料，我們通常會以逗號分隔此訊息。
2. 將列舉的事物名詞分開：
Nick needs to buy some tapes, cassette recorders , records, concert tickets and a television se
t.
3. 用於直述句(direct speech)
"You are now old enough," my mother said to me, "and try to be independent."
4. 用於地址：
Flat k, Fairview Court, Robinson Rd.
c. Question mark(?)
問號(?)用於疑問句句末。
How old are you?
d. Exclamation mark (!)
1. 用於表示強烈情感或驚奇：
What a clever boy!
2. 用於禁止或命令:
Don't do that!
Follow me!
e. Apostrophe (')
省字號(')一般用於兩種情況：
1. 表示所屬的(Possession)
That is John's book.
2. 縮短動詞拼寫：
I'm a student. (=I am a student.)
I'd like to stay at home.(= I would like to stay at home.)
f. Colon (:)
冒號停頓較長，一般在下列情況下用：
1. 在兩個子句(Clause)中，第二個子句是對第一個子句的擴展或解釋，就用冒號(:)將這兩個子句隔開。
Tom was unlucky today : he missed the bus and so he was late for school.
2. 介紹一系列的東西：
She bought many things : five dresses, two hats, six rings, ......
g. Brackets ( )
括號( )可用於：
1. 取代逗號，將附加信息(additional information)隔開。
Peter (my best friend) is a policeman.
2. 表示時間
e.g. In Dynasty (221-206BC) was .....

** DAY 4 **
h. Semicolon (;)
分號(;) 停頓的時間較逗號長，一般用於：
1. 把意思連繫很緊的句子分開當作連接詞(conjunction)的作用。
Don't touch the door; the paint on it is wet.
2. 把列舉的一系列事物名詞分開，當作逗號(,)的作用：
The average marks of the English test are: 5A, 73; 5B, 77; 5C, 80; 5D, 68...
i. Quotation marks (")
在下列情況下使用引號(")
1. 直接引述說話人所說的話：
"Correct me, "she said, "if I'm wrong." 或：She said, "Correct me, if I'm wrong."
2. 標出書名，歌曲名，電視節目等。
The book "Gone with the wind" is very famous.
3. 標明具有特別意義的詞，如反意、諷刺等：
You are a "Kind" man.
j. Dash (-)
破折號(-)用於下列兩種情況中：
1. 將附加信息(additional information)分隔開，取代逗號：
Mrs. Wang - a very unhappy woman - died last night.
2. 用於冒號(colon)之後，介紹一系列名稱：
For his birthday, Tom asked for: - a new schoolbag, a new bicycle,......
k. Common errors
常犯錯誤
5
1. Full-stop (.) 句號，Question marks (?)問號及 Exclamation mark (!)感歎號是斷句符號，只能置於
句末，用了斷句符號的句子就不能同別的句子相連。
" 〤 "
"How old are you? and how long have you been here?" he asked.
" ˇ "
"How old are you and how long have you been here?" he asked.
2. 誤將逗號用作句號：
" 〤 "
"I'll go to your house." he said, "if I am free."
" ˇ "
"I'll go to your house," he said, "if I am free."
3. 在使用引號(")時，誤將句號(.)置於引號之外。
" 〤 "
He said, "You are too lazy".
" ˇ "
He said, "You are too lazy."

Exercise
給下列所列出的句子注上標點符號：
Example:
Isn't that Janet Jackson Nancy asked.
"Isn't that Janet Jackson?" Nancy asked.
1. we will sing we are the world page 56 in tonights concert
Answer: We will sing "We are the world" (page 56) in tonight's concert.
2. my brothers girl-friend went to America last week
Answer: My brother's girl-friend went to America last week.
3. stop talking and listen carefully the teacher shouted
Answer: "Stop talking and listen carefully!" the teacher shouted.
4. after class the students all rushed out of the classroom
Answer: After class, the students all rushed out of the classroom.
5. mr wong our form teacher is well respected by our classmates
Answer: Mr. Wong, our form teacher, is well respected by our classmates.
6. our school is divided into different houses yellow red blue and green
Answer: Our school is divided into different houses: yellow, red, blue and green.
7. John lives in flat 4 3rd floor ming fai mansion wan chai
Answer: John lives in Flat 4, 3rd floor, Ming Fai Mansion, Wan Chai.
8. did you watch the movie last night
Answer: Did you watch the movie last night?
9. well go to the usa with mr chan our literature lecturer next month
Answer: We'll go to the U.S.A. with Mr. Chan, our literature lecturer, next month.
10. stop talking the babies sleeping mother said
Answer: "Stop talking! The baby's sleeping." mother said.

** DAY 5 **
C. TIME & DATE
Time 時間
Hour(小時), minute(分鐘)and second(秒)are the three main units of time. There are 24 hours(時)i
n a day. There are 60 minutes(分鐘)in an hour.
a. 時間的寫法：
1. "o'clock"
當分針指著12的時候，我們用"o'clock".
3:00 three o'clock.
9:00 nine o'clock.
4:00 four o'clock.
2. "Past"
當分針是在一分至廿九分的時候，我們則先說了分鐘數目，然後寫"Past"，最後再寫上小時的數目。
3:05 five past three.
6:10 ten past six.
7:25 twenty-five past seven.
若分針指著15分鐘，我們可寫作：
9:15 a quarter past nine.
6
7:15 a quarter past seven.
3. "half past"
當分針指著三十分鐘，即6字，我們寫作half past(半)，再寫上小時數目。
3:30 half past three.
7:30 half past seven.
4. "to"
當分針指著31分至59分，我們則要計算還有多少分鐘會到60分鐘，然後寫"to"，最後寫分針到達12的時候會
是幾點，如:
6:50 ten to seven. (尚有十分鐘到七點)
2:35 twenty-five to three. (尚有廿五分鐘到三點)
7:42 eighteen to eight. (尚有十八分鐘到八點)
6:48 twelve to seven. (尚有十二分鐘到七點)
5. "a quarter"
當分針指著45分，我們也可以用 "a quarter"(一刻鐘)來表達。
7:45 a quarter to eight. (尚有一刻鐘到八點)
8:45 a quarter to nine. (尚有一刻鐘到九點)
6. 此外，講述時間還有另一個方法，是先說小時，再說分鐘。
3:05 three five. (三時五分)
6:13 six thirteen. (六時十三分)
3:30 three thirty. (三時三十分)
8:45 eight forty-five. (八時四十五分)
7:08 seven eight. (七時八分)
6:32 six thirty-two. (六時三十二分)
7. 其他
at 9:15 a.m. (在上午九點十五分)
at 2:00 p.m. (在下午兩點)
at 3:27 p.m. (在下午三點二十七分)
just after 10:00a.m. (剛在上午十點以後)
from 1 to 6. (自一點到六點)
from 5 to 9. (自五點到九點)

** DAY 6 **
b. Date 日期
1. 一星期中的七天:
Sunday (Sun.) (星期日)
Monday (Mon.) (星期一)
Tuesday (Tues.) (星期二)
Wednesday (Wed.) (星期三)
Thursday (Thurs.) (星期四)
Friday (Fri.) (星期五)
Saturday (Sat.) (星期六)
一星期中的七天以大寫字母開始。
2. 一年中的月份。
January (Jan.) (一月)
February (Feb.) (二月)
March (Mar.) (三月)
April (Apr.) (四月)
May (May) (五月)
June (Jun.) (六月)
July (Jul.) (七月)
August (Aug.) (八月)
September (Sept.) (九月)
October (Oct.) (十月)
November (Nov.) (十一月)
December (Dec.) (十二月)
一年中的月份以大寫字母開始。日期是以序數表示，因此，在讀時，我們說：May the fourth (五月四日)Aug
ust the nineteenth (八月十九日)等或the nineteenth of August等。然而，這些日期可有不同的書寫方式；
例如May the fourth 可寫成:May 4, May 4th, 4 May, 4th May, 4th of May, May the 4th.
3. 年份
1994 讀作 nineteen ninety - four
1765 讀作 seventeen sixty - five
7
另外，表達公元前，則在年份後加上B.C.(Before Jesus Christ was born.)如:公元前70年，寫作70 B.C.
相反，公元後是A.D.(Annon, Domini, 主降後)所以，1994年也可寫作：1994 A.D.

Exercise 1
把下列各時間用英語寫出：
1. 6:00
Answer: 6 o'clock/six o'clock
2. 7:00
Answer: 7 o'clock/seven o'clock
3. 5:00
Answer: 5 o'clock/five o'clock

Exercise 2
用英語寫出下列各時間：
1. 7:20
Answer: twenty past seven/seven twenty
2. 8:15
Answer: a quarter past eight/eight fifteen
3. 7:00
Answer: seven o'clock
4. 6:25
Answer: twenty-five past six
5. 11:15
Answer: a quarter past eleven/eleven fifteen
6. 9:12
Answer: twelve past nine/nine twelve

Exercise 3
用英語寫出下列各時間：
1. 12:30
Answer: half past twelve/twelve thirty
2. 5:30
Answer: half past five/five thirty
3. 9:15
Answer: fifteen past nine/a quarter past nine/nine fifteen
4. 7:00
Answer: seven o'clock
5. 8:05
Answer: five past eight/eight five
6. 8:15
Answer: fifteen past eight/a quarter past eight/eight fifteen
7. 6:30
Answer: half past six/six thirty
8. 1:20
Answer: twenty past one/one twenty
9. 4:10
Answer: ten past four/four ten
10. 6:00
Answer: six o'clock

Exercise 4
用"Past", "to" or "o'clock"把下列時間用英語寫出來。
1. 8:43
Answer: seventeen to nine
2. 9:37
Answer: twenty-three to ten
3. 6:00
Answer: six o'clock
4. 7:15
Answer: a quarter past seven
5. 8:53
8
Answer: seven to nine
6. 4:18
Answer: eighteen past four
7. 5:30
Answer: half past five
8. 6:48
Answer: twelve to seven
9. 9:12
Answer: twelve past nine
10. 12:15
Answer: a quarter past twelve

Exercise 5
用英語把下列時間寫出：
1. 6:45
Answer: a quarter to seven/six forty-five
2. 11:45
Answer: a quarter to twelve/eleven forty-five
3. 5:45
Answer: a quarter to six/five forty-five
4. 2:45
Answer: a quarter to three/two forty-five

Exercise 6
寫出下列各時間。
1. 7:10
Answer: seven ten/ten past seven
2. 8:45
Answer: eight forty-five/a quarter to nine
3. 9:40
Answer: nine forty/twenty to ten
4. 10:33
Answer: ten thirty-three/twenty-seven to eleven
5. 8:15
Answer: eight fifteen/a quarter past eight
6. 6:30
Answer: six thirty/half past six

Exercise 7
Now, study the example and then finish the exercises.
e.g. 8:15 a quarter past eight or eight fifteen.
1. 7:30
Answer: half past seven/seven thirty
2. 6:20
Answer: twenty past six/six twenty
3. 9:45
Answer: a quarter to ten/nine forty-five
4. 8:15
Answer: a quarter past eight/eight fifteen
5. 10:48
Answer: twelve to eleven/ten forty-eight
6. 2:45
Answer: a quarter to three/two forty-five
7. 11:52
Answer: eight to twelve/eleven fifty-two
8. 10:50
Answer: ten to eleven/ten fifty
9. 8:15
Answer: a quarter past eight/eight fifteen
10. 6:30
Answer: half past six/six thirty
9
Exercise 8
用英文寫出下面的時間：
1. 十點鐘
Answer: ten o'clock
2. 七點鐘
Answer: seven o'clock
3. 九點半
Answer: half past nine/nine thirty
4. 二點半
Answer: half past two/two thirty
5. 上午八點
Answer: 8:00 a.m.
6. 上午十一點半
Answer: 11:30 a.m.
7. 下午一點十分
Answer: 1:10 p.m.
8. 下午三點十五分
Answer: 3:15 p.m.
9. 自一點到四點
Answer: from one o'clock to four o'clock
10. 自六點到十二點
Answer: from six o'clock to twelve o'clock

Exercise 9
用英文把下面的時間表示出來：
1. 1:30
Answer: half past one/one thirty
2. 5:20
Answer: twenty past five/five twenty
3. 2:05
Answer: five past two/two five
4. 3:18
Answer: eighteen past three/three eighteen
5. 7:40
Answer: seven forty/twenty to eight
6. 9:23
Answer: nine twenty-three/twenty-three past nine
7. 10:11
Answer: ten eleven/eleven past ten
8. 8:37
Answer: eight thirty-seven/twenty-three to nine
9. 12:10
Answer: ten past twelve/twelve ten
10. 6:04
Answer: six four/four past six
11. 11:50
Answer: ten to twelve/eleven fifty
12. 4:25
Answer: four twenty-five/twenty-five past four

Exercise 10
用英語把括號內的時間表達出來：
1. We usually get up at # # (6:30).
Answer: half past six/six thirty
2. Tom came back at # # (7:20).
Answer: twenty past seven/seven twenty
3. My brother came back at # # (9:00) last night.
Answer: nine o'clock/nine
4. Mary went to bed at # # (11:50)last night.
Answer: eleven fifty/ten to twelve
10
5. We'll begin our class at # # (8:30).
Answer: half past eight/eight thirty

Exercise 11
寫出下面星期的縮寫及星期數目。
1.Monday: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Mon. b. 1
2.Tuesday: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Tues. b. 2
3.Wednesday:# a # ( b )
Answer: a. Wed. b. 3
4.Thursday: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Thurs. b. 4
5.Friday: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Fri. b. 5
6.Saturday: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Sat. b. 6

Exercise 12
寫出下面月份的縮寫及月份數目。
1.January: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Jan. b. 1
2.February: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Feb. b. 2
3.March: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Mar. b. 3
4.April: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Apr. b. 4
5.May: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. May. b. 5
6.June: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Jun. b. 6
7.July: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Jul. b. 7
8.August: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Aug. b. 8
9.September:# a # ( b )
Answer: a. Sept. b. 9
10.October: # a # ( b )
Answer: a. Oct. b. 10
11.November:# a # ( b )
Answer: a. Nov. b. 11
12.December:# a # ( b )
Answer: a. Dec. b. 12

Exercise 13
用英語把下面的年份表示出來：
e.g.
1842 - eighteen forty-two
1700B.C.- seventeen hundred B.C.
1. 1769
Answer: seventeen sixty-nine
2. 1523
Answer: fifteen twenty-three
3. 1768
Answer: seventeen sixty-eight
4. 1986
Answer: nineteen eighty-six
5. 1865
Answer: eighteen sixty-five
6. 240 B.C.
11
Answer: two hundred and forty B.C.
7. 420 A.D.
Answer: four hundred and twenty A.D.
8. 1200 A.D.
Answer: twelve hundred A.D.
9. 350 B.C.
Answer: three hundred and fifty B.C.
10. 1840 A.D.
Answer: eighteen forty A.D.

Exercise 14
用英語把下面括號中的日期表示出來。
1. Columbus discovered America in # #(1492).
Answer: fourteen ninety-two
2. On # # (1869年4月29日), a contest was held.
Answer: April 29, 1869/29 April, 1869
3. From # a # (公元前300年)to # b #(公元後500年)is eight hundred years.
Answer: a. 300 B.C. b. 500 A.D.
4. We will leave for Germany on # #(9月17日).
Answer: September 17/17 September
5.Susan will marry on # # ( 星期日).
Answer: Sunday

** DAY 7 **
D. NOUNS
名詞
a. 名詞之種類
noun 就是名詞，英語中，名詞可分為四類。
1) proper noun(專有名詞)：
(in grammar) A noun is the name of a person, a country or a street, and is spelt with a capital
beginning.通常是人名、國家名或街道名。而且第一個英文字母是大寫。
如：Tom, China, Paris, Mr. Brown.
2) abstract noun (抽象名詞)：
Existing as a quality or concept rather than as something real or solid.指一些抽象的概念。
如：hunger 飢餓；fear 恐懼；courage 勇氣；democracy 民主，這些都不是一些實質的物件。
3) collective noun (集合名詞)：
(in grammar) That is the name of a group of people or things considered as a unit. Collective n
ouns never end with "s". 泛指一組東西或人物之總稱，該些統稱在英文中永遠不加"s" 。
如：food 食物；furniture 家具；or equipment 儀器。
4) common noun (普通名詞)：
Nouns that refer to a particular thing or person other than proper noun, abstract noun and coll
ective noun.除專有名詞，抽象名詞和集合名詞以外的一切名詞。
如：chair, table, man, book.
b. 名詞之性別
1) 大部分名詞陽性與陰性的形式不變：
teacher 老師
cook 廚師
painter 畫家
cousin 堂兄弟姊妹
child 兒童
artist 藝術家
driver 司機
singer 歌星
2) 有部分名詞之陽性與陰性的形式不同：
drake 公鴨
duck 母鴨
cock 公雞
hen 母雞
bull/ox 公牛
cow 母牛
nephew 姪兒
12
niece 姪女
brother 兄弟
sister 姊妹
uncle 舅父
aunt 舅母
prince 皇子
princess 公主
3) 有些名詞是在陽性形式之後加上"ess"：
actor 男演員
actress 女演員
conductor 男指揮家
conductress 女指揮家
manager 男經理
manageress 女經理
有些又將"man" 轉為"woman"：
salesman 男售貨員
saleswoman 女售貨員
spokesman 男發言員
spokeswoman 女發言員
chairman 男主席
chairwoman 女主席
c. 名詞的複數形式:
名詞的複數形式通常是單數名詞後加 "s" 而成：
cat - cats 貓
hour - hours 小時
cup - cups 杯
Exception(例外):
1) 字尾是o或ss, sh, ch或x的名詞，其複數加"es"：
tomato - tomatoes 番茄
kiss - kisses 吻
brush - brushes 刷子
watch - watches 錶
box - boxes 盒
但有些字尾是o的也只加上s：
piano - pianos 鋼琴
photo - photos 相片
2) 字尾是y而y之前又不是母音(a,e,i,o,u)的，其複數形式是Y省略後加上"ies"：
fly - flies 蒼蠅
country -countries 國家
lady - ladies 女士
baby - babies 嬰兒
字尾是y而y字母前是母音(即a,e,i,o,u)的名詞，其複數只需加"s"：
day - days 日子
boy - boys 男孩
monkey - monkeys 猴子
3) 有些名詞字尾是f或fe的，其複數形式是省略其原有的f或fe而加上ves：
half 一半
leaf 樹葉
loaf 一條(通常指麵包)
thief 賊
shelf 架
wife 妻子
calf 小腿
life 生命
knife 刀
wolf 狼
wife - wives; loaf - loaves; wolf - wolves; etc.
但名詞scarf(領巾),wharf(碼頭)和hoof(馬蹄)之複數可加"s"或"ves"： scarfs or scarves, wharfs or wh
arves, hoofs or hooves.
也有其他字尾是f或fe的詞則如一般名詞一樣加"s"成為複數:
safe - safes 保險箱
13
handkerchief - handkerchiefs 手帕
cliff - cliffs 懸崖
4) 也有少數名詞的複數是以改變母音而形成的：
man - men 男人
woman - women 女人
foot - feet 腳
goose - geese 鵝
louse - lice 虱子
mouse - mice 老鼠
tooth - teeth 牙
ox - oxen 公牛
child 的複數是children。
5) 有些生物名稱的複數不改變其字形(即單複數之形式一樣)。
fish一字通常單複數的字形不變。(fishes一字存在，但非常少用。)
deer 與 sheep 單複數字形也不變：one deer, two deer.
6) 有些詞永遠是單數：
collective noun 集合名詞
furniture 家具
rubbish 垃圾
advice 忠告
information 資料
luggage 行李
knowledge 知識
news 新聞
7) 有些字永遠是複數：
包括兩部分之衣服：
clothes 衣服
pants 褲
pyjamas 睡衣
trousers 長褲
breeches 馬褲 等；
包括兩部分之用具：
shears 大剪刀
spectacles 眼鏡
binoculars 雙筒望遠鏡
pliers 鉗子
glasses 眼鏡
scissors 剪刀
以上這些名詞的動詞皆用複數形式。
8) 有些名詞為保留其原有的希臘或拉丁字形，因此其複數形式是按照希臘及拉丁字的規則形式：
memorandum - memoranda 備忘錄
axis - axes 軸線
thesis - theses 學位論文
radius - radii 半徑
datum - data 數據
basis - bases 根據
oasis - oases 綠洲
crisis - crises 危機
phenomenon - phenomena 現象
9) 複合名詞：
通常是最後一詞變成複數形式：
bookcase - bookcases 書櫃
armchair - armchairs 有扶手之椅子
但也有一些例外：
brother - in - law -> brothers - in - law. 姐夫／妹夫；
sister - in - law -> sisters - in - law. 兄或弟之妻，嫂、弟婦。
10) 起首字母略寫的複數形式：
VIPs (Very Important Persons) 貴賓
OAPs (Old Age Pensioners) 老年津貼受惠人
MPs (Members of Parliament) 國會議員
UFOs (Unidentified Flying Objects) 不明飛行物體
14
d. 名詞後加's/of 以示"的"之意。
1) 一般單數及複數名詞如字尾不是s，加's表示"的"之意。
a pig's mouth 一隻豬的口
a girl's voice 一個女孩子的聲音
men's clothes 男仕們的服裝
children's room 兒童的房子
a bull's horns 一隻公牛的角
2) 字尾是s之複數名詞只需加apostrophe (') ，不用再寫s。
the students' hostel 學生宿舍
the Smiths' car 史密斯夫婦的車
3) 在起首字母略寫式之後亦可用"s"：
the MP's luggage 國會議員的行李
the VIP's escort 貴賓的護送員
the MP's (Prime Minister's) secretary 總理的秘書
4) 除了用's表示"的"之意，也可以用"of"，如下例：
the daughter of the politician = the politician's daughter 那政客的女兒
the intervention of America = America's intervention 美國的干預
the plays of Shakespeare = Shakespeare's plays 莎士比亞的劇作
5) 無生命之名詞必須以"of"表示"的"之意，不可用's。
the keys of the room 房子的鎖匙
the roof of the church 教堂的屋頂
the walls of the town 城鎮的牆
若不用of也無須加上's，也有"的"之意：
the room keys the church room the town walls

** DAY 8 **
E. VERBS
動詞
A word or group of words that is used in describing an action, experience, or state.
動詞是一個單字或一組字用以表達一個動作，經驗或狀態／感覺。如：
She "wrote" a letter.
她"寫"了一封信。
He "feels" good.
他"感覺"很好。
a. 動詞之分類
動詞是表示動作或狀態的詞，為任何文句中所不可缺少者，其種類繁多，主要的分類方法有以下兩種：
1) 從動詞(verb)和受詞(object)的關係來看，我們可將動詞分為以下兩類：
a) 須有受詞(object)的動詞，叫做及物動詞(Transitive verb)，如：read this book.一句中之read是及物
動詞，因為read之後有一個物件或稱受詞(object)。
b) 不須有受詞的動詞，叫做不及物動詞(Intransitive Verb),如Flowers bloom(花朵盛開)一句中之bloom
(盛開)。
但英文中有許多動詞，既可作及物(Transitive Verb)亦可作不及物動詞(Intransitive Verb)，如：He wrot
e ( V.) two books (object). She cannot write (V.). 中之wrote及write。第一句wrote 後有object，所
以是Transitive Verb，而第二句write後則沒object，所以又是Intransitive Verb.
2) 從動詞形式(form)的變化來看，可將動詞分為規則動詞(Regular Verb)和不規則動詞(Irregular Verb)兩
種：
a) 在動詞原形上添上ed而構成過去式(Past Tense)和過去分詞(Past Participle)的動詞，叫做規則動詞(Re
gular Verb)，如：walk, walked(過去式)，walked(過去分詞)。
b) 不以上述方法構成過去式和過去分詞的動詞，叫做不規則動詞，如：give, gave (過去式)，given(過去
分詞)；see, saw(過去式)，seen(過去分詞)。
b. 動詞的用法：
1) 普通動詞，即除助動詞以外的其他動詞：
a) 主動語態動詞的主要部分：(work為例)
肯定式
------------------
現在不定詞
to work
現在進行不定詞
to be working
完成不定詞
to have worked
15
完成進行不定詞
to have been working
現在分詞及動名詞
working
完成分詞及動名詞
having worked
過去分詞
worked
否定式
------------------
現在不定詞
not to work
現在進行不定詞
not to be working
完成不定詞
not to have worked
完成進行不定詞
not to have been working
現在分詞及動名詞
not working
完成分詞及動名詞
not having worked
規則動詞的過去式及過去分詞都是在原形不定詞後加d或ed。
b) 主動時式表：(以work為例)
------------------
現在
簡單
He works
進行
He is working
完成
He has worked
完成進行
He has been working
過去
簡單
He worked
進行
He was working
完成
He had worked
完成進行
He had been working
將來
簡單
He will work
進行
He will be working
完成
He will have worked
完成進行
He will have been working
現在
條件式
He would work
條件進行式
He would be working
完成
條件式
worked
條件進行式
16
 would have been working
------------------
略寫式
在口語中，助動詞在肯定句及否定句中經常略讀。
注意：
's可以代表is或has:
he's going = he is going
he's gone = he has gone
"d"可代表 had 或would:
he'd paid = he had paid
he'd like to come = he would like to come
c) 時式的否定式：
簡單現在式的否定式do/does +not +原形不定詞。在口語中兩者通常都略讀：
He doesn't work.
You don't work.
簡單過去的否定式是did not (didn't)＋原形不定詞：
We/They didn't work.
其他各種時式都以助動詞構成，而其否定式都是在其助動詞後加not而成。略讀式常用於口語：
He was not ready/He wasn't ready.
It will not be easy/It won't be easy.
現在進行式與完成式可有兩種方式略寫(讀)：
He is not coming/He isn't coming/He's not coming.
I have not seen it/I haven't seen it/I've not seen it.
將來式通常略寫(讀)成won't，但I'll not 亦可用。
英文的否定句只能有一個否定詞。兩個否定詞則使句子變成肯定：
Nobody did nothing的意思是Everyone did something.
因never, no(形容詞)，none, no-body, no one, no-thing, hardly, hardly ever 等與肯定動詞共用表示
否定意義，所以我們可以說：
He didn't eat anything.或 He ate nothing.
He doesn't complain.或 He never complains.
We haven't seen anyone.或 We have seen no one.
They didn't speak much.或They hardly spoke at all/They hardly ever spoke.
2) 助動詞：
a) 助動詞與其主要部分：
be
不定式
to be
現在式
am, is, are
have
不定式
to have
現在式
have, has
do
不定式
to do
現在式
do, does
can
不定式
(to be able)
現在式
can
am/is/are + able
may
不定式

現在式
may
must
17
 不定式
(to have to)
現在式
must
need
不定式
to need
現在式
need
will
不定式

現在式
will
shall
不定式

現在式
shall
ought
不定式

現在式
ought
dare
不定式
to dare
現在式
dare
used
不定式

現在式

be
過去式
was, were
過去分詞
been
have
過去式
had
過去分詞
had
do
過去式
did
過去分詞
done
can
過去式
could
was/were + able
過去分詞
been able
may
過去式
might
過去分詞

must
18
 過去式
had to
過去分詞
had to
need
過去式
needed
過去分詞
needed
will
過去式
would
過去分詞

shall
過去式
should
過去分詞

ought
過去式
ought
過去分詞

dare
過去式
dared
過去分詞
dared
used
過去式
used
過去分詞

這些動詞之所以被稱為助動詞是因為：
(1) 他們與現在式，過去分詞，或原形不定詞組合，有助於各種時式(tense)的形成：
I am waiting.
They will be there.
He would like to come.
(2) 他們與原形不定詞共用，以表示可能性，許可，能力，義務，推斷等語意，例如：
He may come tomorrow.(可能性)
I can type.(能力)
We must stop now.(義務)
b) 適用於所有助動詞的規則：
1) 除 be, have及do 以外，所有助動詞都不產生字形的變化；所有人稱的形式都一樣：
I can, you can, he can, we can 等
I must, you must, he must, we must 等
2) 否定式的形式是在助動詞後面加not:
I must not, he has not, they do not
(但有時候我們可在助動詞的原形不定詞之前加do not 。)
3) 疑問式的形式是將主詞及動詞倒裝(易位)：
Can he? May we? Must I?
(但有時候亦可用do＋主詞＋原形不定詞。)
4) 除了be 與 have的某種用法以外，助動詞通常不用於進行式。
5) 助動詞後面緊接原形不定詞(be與have 後面可接其他的動詞形式)。
be have, ought 以及used之後接(原形)帶 to 的不定詞：
He is to go.
I have to work.
Tom ought to write to her.
She used to know Greek.
do, can, may, must, will 以及shall之後接不帶to的不定詞：
19
He doesn't read.
She can swim.
You may go.
I must see it.
He will help you.
need 及 dare 後接不帶 to 的不定詞，但與 do 共用時例外：
You need not go.
You don't need to go.
How dare you borrow it without my permission!
He didn't dare to say anything.
6) 在會話中，助動詞通常略讀：
be, have, would, will 在肯定式中亦可略讀(寫)：
I'm here.
We've seen it.
They'll go.
had 與 would 的略讀(寫)式都是'd：
I'd seen it = I had seen it.
I'd go = I should (would) go.
is 與 has 的略讀(寫)式都是's。在句末的位置上不可用肯定略讀(寫)式：
I'm not French but he is.(he is 在此不可略讀(寫))。所以助動詞的否定式都可略讀。

** DAY 9 **
F. ADJECTIVES
形容詞
An adjective is a word that describes a noun or pronoun.
形容詞是指一個用以形容名詞或代名詞的詞。如：
She wore a "black" dress.
她穿著一條"黑色" 裙。
句中"黑色"便是用來形容裙這一個名詞。
又如：
The news made them "happy".
那則新聞令他們高興。
這句中"高興"是用來形容代名詞them(他們)。
a. 形容詞的種類
形容詞主要有以下六種：
1) 性質的：square, good, golden, fat, heavy, dry, clever
2) 指示的：this, that, these, those
3) 分配的： each, every, either, neither
4) 定量的：some, any, no, few, many , much, one, twenty
5) 疑問的：which, what, whose
6) 屬於的：my, your, his, her, its, our, your, their
b. 形容詞與名詞之相配
英文的形容詞只用一種形式，無論與單數、複數、陽性、陰性名詞皆可共用：
a good boy, good boys, a good girl, good girls
唯一的例外指示形容詞 this 和 that，這兩字在複數名詞前變成 these 和those ：
this dog 這隻狗
these dogs 這些狗
that man 那個男人
those men 那些男人
c. 形容詞的位置與and 的用法
英文的形容詞通常出現在名詞之前：
a big city
a blue car
an exciting news
當名詞前有二個或二個以上的形容詞時，通常這些形容詞不以and來分開，除非最後兩個形容詞是顏色的形容
詞：
a big square box
a tall young girl
four red roses
a black and white cup
a red, white and blue flag
20
但有一些形容詞可以放在動詞 be, seem, appear, look (這些字都是解作似)之後；在這種情形下，最後兩
個形容詞之間加 and：
The house looked large and old.
The weather was cold, wet and windy.
d. 比較
1) 形容詞的比較有三等級：
(1) 原級
tall dark useful
(2) 比較級
taller darker more useful
(3) 最高級
the tallest the darkest the most useful
2) 單音節(即那個英文字只有一個音)形容詞的比較級和最高級分別由原級加er及est而形成：
bright 光亮 brighter 更光亮 the brightest 最光亮
old 舊 older 更舊 the oldest 最舊
3) 三或多於三音節(三音節即指該英文字有三個音節的形容詞)的比較級和最高級分別在原級前加more 及the
most 而形成：
beautiful
more beautiful
the most beautiful
frightening
more frightening
the most frightening
4) 兩音節的形容詞則應用以下的規律。
字尾是 ful 的形容詞通常在前面加more及 the most ：
careful 小心 more careful 更小心 the most careful 最小心
obscure 隱蔽 more obscure 更隱蔽 the most obscure 最隱蔽
字尾是 er, y 或 ly 的形容詞通常在其後加 er, est：
pretty 漂亮 prettier 更漂亮 prettiest 最漂亮
clever 聰明 cleverer 更聰明 the cleverest 最聰明
5) 不規則的比較：
good 好 better 更好 the best 最好
bad 壞 worse 更壞 the worst 最壞
little 少 less 更少 the least 最少
6) 在一句完整之句子中，比較級形容詞後用"than"：
The new tower blocks are much lighter "than" the old buildings.
He makes fewer mistakes "than" you (do).
7) as...as 另一種比較結構是把形容詞置於在as...as 之中，表示兩個人或物件均有該形容詞之特性。
如：
A boy of fifteen is often as tall as his father.
一個十五歲之男童通常是與他的父親一樣高。
John is as fat as Sam.
約翰與阿森是一樣胖。
而否定式則把形容詞放在 not as/so...as 中。
如：
Manslaughter is "not as/so bad as" murder.
誤殺沒有謀殺那麼糟。
Your coffee is "not as/so good as" the coffee my mother bought.
你的咖啡沒有我母親所買的那麼香濃。
8) 相對的增加(或減少)是以"the ＋ 比較級…the ＋ 比較級"句型表達：
House Agent: Do you want a big house?
Wife :Yes, "the bigger, the better!"
房屋代理人問：你想要一間大屋嗎？
妻子則回答說：好，"越大，越好！"
9) 逐漸的增加或減少是以 and 來連接兩個比較級形容詞來表達：
The weather is getting colder and colder.
天氣越來越冷。
He became less and less interested.
他變得越來越沒有興趣。
10) 比較式的其他例子：
Mr. Wong is not so kind as Mr. Chen.
21
王先生並沒有陳先生那麼仁慈。
Mrs. Li is as nice as Mrs. Ho.
李太太和何太太一樣那麼好。
This one is the better of the two.
這個是兩者中比較好的一個。
Helen was the most beautiful woman in Greece.
凱倫是希臘中最美的女人。
Tom is the laziest boy in his class.
湯美是他們班最懶的男孩子。

** DAY 10 **
G. ADVERBS
副詞 adverb:
A group of words that describe or add to the meaning of a verb or an adjective. Words showing t
ime are also called adverb. 副詞是指一個或一組形容動詞或形容詞之詞。另用以顯示時間性的也稱之為副
詞。
a. 副詞的種類
1) 單純的(simple)副詞
單純的副詞，依其詞意，又可分為：
a) 指性質(quality)或方式(manner)的，如：
foolishly 愚蠢地
slowly 緩慢地
b) 指數量(quantity)或程度(degree)的，如：
almost 差不多
quite 全然
very 甚
c) 指數目(number )的，如：
once 一次
twice 兩次
again 再
often 常常
d) 指時間(time)的，如：
before 在前
after 在後
yesterday 昨天
today 今天
e) 指地方(place)的，如：
here 這裡
there 那裡
above 在上
below 在下
f) 指肯定(affirming)或否定(denying)的，如：
yes 是
no 否
not at all 全不
by all means 無論如何
2) 疑問(interrogative)副詞
疑問副詞又可分為：
a) 指時間(time) 的，如：
when 何時
how long 多久
b) 指地方(place)的，如：
where 什麼地方
c) 指數目(number )的，如：
how often 多少次
how many 多少
d) 指數量(quantity)或程度(degree)的，如：
how much 多少
how far 多遠
e) 指性質，方式或狀態(quality, manner or state)的，如：
How is he today?
22
他今天好嗎？
How did he do this?
他怎樣做這個？
f) 指原因(cause)的，如：
why 為什麼
3) 關係(relative )副詞
關係副詞的形式和疑問副詞相同。關係副詞通常是接連在"時間"、"地點"、"理由"等名詞的後面，但有時這名詞
亦可省去，例如：
The time when this accident happened was midnight.
意外事件發生時是在午夜。
This is (the way) how it should be done.
是應該這樣做的。
That is (the reason) why we don't like her.
這是我們所以不喜歡她的緣故。
b. 由形容詞構成的副詞
1)大部分狀態副詞以及部分程度副詞是在相對應的形容詞之後加ly詞尾而形成的：
slow 緩慢的 slowly 緩慢地
grave 莊重的 gravely 莊重地
immediate 立即的 immediately 立即地
拼寫要點：
1. 字尾的y改為i：
gay 快樂的 gaily 快樂地
2. 字尾的e保留：
extreme 極端的 extremely 極度地
例外：
true 真正的 due 適當的 whole 全部的
truly 真正地 duly 適當地 wholly 全部地
3. 字尾是able/ible 的，省略e加y：
sensible 明智的 sensibly 明智地
capable 能幹的 capably 能幹地
4. 字尾是l的字，則按照一般規則加ly：
final 最後的 finally 最後地
beautiful 美麗的 beautifully 美麗地
2)例外：
1. good(好)的副詞是well(好).
2. 除kindly一字以外，字尾是ly 的形容詞，如：friendly(友好的)，likely(有可能的)，lonely(孤單的)，
lovely(可愛的)，lowly(位低的)沒有對應的副詞。為了彌補這個缺點，我們可使用另一相似的副詞或是用副詞
片語：friendly友好的(形容詞)，in a friendly way 用一個友好的方式(副詞片語)，likely 可能的(形容
詞)，probably有可能地(副詞)
3. high(高的)，near(附近的)，fast(快的)，hard(艱難的)，direct(直接的)，可以當形容詞及副詞用：
(當形容詞) a high mountain 一座高山
(當副詞) The bird flew high. 鳥兒高飛。
(當形容詞) the near bank 附近的銀行
(當副詞) Don't come near. 不要走過來。
(當形容詞) a fast train 快車
(當副詞) The train went fast. 火車行駛得快。
(當形容詞) The work is hard. 這份工作很艱難。
(當副詞) They worked hard. 他們努力工作。
4. highly(高地)，lowly(矮矮地)，nearly(接近)，lately(最近)，hardly(艱難地)，directly(直接地)，w
rongly(錯誤地)等詞是存在的，但是他們比其對應的形容詞如：high(高的)，low(低的)等的語意要狹窄些。
highly 只以抽象的語意使用：
He was highly placed = He had an important office.
他身居高位。
They thought very highly of him = They praised/recommended him.
他們賞識/推薦他。
lowly 是形容詞，其語意為"謙卑、卑微"。
deeply 主要以與情緒有關的語意使用：
He was deeply hurt = His feelings were very much hurt.
他的感情受到很深的傷害。
nearly(幾乎)= almost(幾乎)
lately(近來)= recently(近來)
23
directly 主要表示時間：
He'll be here directly.(soon 很快)
他很快就會來了。
wrongly 通常與過去分詞共用：
You were wrongly informed (incorrectly informed).
你的消息不正確。
5. warmly(熱情地)，hotly(熱心地)，coolly(冷淡地)，coldly(冷漠地)，presently (不久地)，short-ly
(即刻)，scarce-ly(殆無)及bare-ly(僅)亦與其對應的形容詞語意不同。
warmly(熱情地)，hotly(熱心地)，coolly(冷淡地)，coldly(冷漠地)主要以與情緒有關的語意使用：
She welcomed me warmly.(in a friendly way 很友善地)
她熱情地歡迎我。
He denied the accusation hotly.(indignantly 憤怒地)
他憤怒地否認罪狀。
They behaved very coolly in a dangerous situation.(calmly , courageously 鎮靜地，勇敢地)
他們在危險情況下做事非常冷靜。
We received them coldly.(in an unfriendly way,不友善地，冷漠地)
我們冷漠地接待他們。
presently(不久)= soon (不久)
shortly(即刻)= briefly(即刻)或soon(即刻)
6. just(作"公平"，"公正"，"合法"解釋時)其副詞是justly。
7. 副詞可放在形容詞前。
如：
"Karaoke is popular."(卡拉OK是受歡迎的。)
這句中，"popular"是adjective(形容詞)，用以形容Karaoke(卡拉OK)是受歡迎的。
若我們想說卡拉OK越來越受歡迎，便可在popular這形容詞前加上一個副詞"increasingly"，全句則是："Kar
aoke is increasingly popular."
c. 副詞的比較
1) 比較級與最高級的形式：
兩音節或兩音節以上的副詞，其比較級是在原級副詞前加more，而最高級則在原級副詞前加most：
quickly
ore quickly
ost quickly
fortunately
more fortunately
most fortunately
單音節的副詞與副詞early 則加 er及est字尾：
hard 難地
harder 較難地
hardest 最難地
high 高地 　
higher 較高地 　
highest 最高地
early 早地 　
earlier 較早地 　
earliest 最早地 (變 y 為 i)
不規則的比較：
well 好
better 較好
best 最好
badly 壞地
worse 較壞地
worst 最壞地
late 遲
later 較遲
latest 最遲
little 少
less 較少
least 最少
much 多
more 更多
most 最多
24
far 遠 　
farther 較遠
further 較遠
farthest 最遠(祇用於表距離)
furthest 最遠(用於表距離、時間及抽象的語言)
2) 副詞比較結構
1. 原級副詞的比較，肯定式是用肯定動詞＋as...as, 否定式是用否定動詞＋as/so...as：
He worked as slowly as he dared.
他盡量放慢工作。
He doesn't snore as/so loudly as you do.
他睡覺打鼾的聲音沒有你那般大。
2. 比較級副詞則用than：
They arrived earlier than she did/than her.
他們比她到達早一些。
He eats more quickly than I do/than me.
他吃飯比我快。
He played better than he had ever played.
他比以前玩得更好。
He went further than the other explorers.
他比其他的探險家去得更遠。
They work harder than us/than we do.
他們比我們努力工作。
"the＋比較級…the＋比較級"亦可適用於副詞：
The earlier you start, the sooner you'll be back.
早做早完成。
3. 最高級可用of＋名詞：
He went the furthest of the explorers.
在所有的探險家中，他去得最遠。
但以上這個例句的結構並不常用，通常我們是以上述(2)之例句的比較級句型來表達。
最高級副詞＋of all卻十分普遍：
He ran fastest of all.
他是我們當中跑得最快的。
但of all 通常也指主詞所從事的其他活動：
He likes swimming best of all.
比他喜歡任何其他東西更多。
She works best of all when she is alone.
比任何其他時間更好。
of all 可以省略：
He likes swimming best.
他最喜歡游泳。
4. most 置於副詞或形容詞之前亦可有very 的意思：
She behaved most gracefully.
她舉止最高雅。
They were most apologetic.
他們是最表歉意的。

** DAY 11 **
Exercise 1
列出下列名詞的陰性形式：
1. drake
Answer: duck
2. prince
Answer: princess
3. bull
Answer: cow
4. duke
Answer: duchess
5. uncle
Answer: aunt
6. actor
Answer: actress
25
7. count
Answer: countess
8. manager
Answer: manageress
9. salesman
Answer: saleswoman
10. spokesman
Answer: spokeswoman

Exercise 2
列出下列名詞的陽性形式：
1. chairwoman
Answer: chairman
2. conductress
Answer: conductor
3. niece
Answer: nephew
4. female
Answer: male
5. hen
Answer: cock
6. sister
Answer: brother
7. lady
Answer: gentleman

Exercise 3
給出下列名詞的複數形式：
1. potato
Answer: potatoes
2. piano
Answer: pianos
3. treasury
Answer: treasuries
4. knife
Answer: knives
5. man
Answer: men
6. aircraft
Answer: aircraft
7. erratum
Answer: errata
8. brother-in-law
Answer: brothers-in-law
9. cock
Answer: cocks
10. church
Answer: churches
11. donkey
Answer: donkeys
12. county
Answer: counties
13. thief
Answer: thieves
14. child
Answer: children
15. bus
Answer: buses
16. toy
Answer: toys
17. mediocrity
26
Answer: mediocrities
18. wolf
Answer: wolves
19. woman
Answer: women
20. deer
Answer: deer
21. axis
Answer: axes
22. booker-on
Answer: bookers-on
23. computer
Answer: computers
24. brush
Answer: brushes
25. tray
Answer: trays
26. duty
Answer: duties
27. calf
Answer: calves
28. foot
Answer: feet
29. dish
Answer: dishes
30. key
Answer: keys
31. city
Answer: cities
32. loaf
Answer: loaves
33. tooth
Answer: teeth
34. sheep
Answer: sheep
35. radius
Answer: radii
36. court
Answer: courts
37. moose
Answer: moose
38. oasis
Answer: oases
39. datum
Answer: data
40. grouse
Answer: grouse
41. place
Answer: places
42. sister-in-law
Answer: sisters-in-law

Exercise 4
判斷下列名詞，正確的打(R)，錯誤的打(W)：
1. the children's room ( )
Answer: R
2. a girls's school ( )
Answer: W
3. the people's choice ( )
Answer: R
4. Archimedes's Law ( )
27
Answer: W
5. My mother's-in-law fan ( )
Answer: W
6. Bill the seventh's wives ( )
Answer: W
7. Shakespeare's plays ( )
Answer: R
8. Russia's exports ( )
Answer: R
9. The eagles's nest ( )
Answer: W
10. Pythagoras' Theorem ( )
Answer: R
11. Her father -in -law's hat ( )
Answer: R
12. America' intervention ( )
Answer: W
13. men's clothes ( )
Answer: R
14. the bull's horns ( )
Answer: R
15. the students's hotel ( )
Answer: W
16. men' work ( )
Answer: W
17. the politi-cian' son ( )
Answer: W
18. the dog's tail ( )
Answer: R
19. a woman's job ( )
Answer: R
20. the Smiths's truck ( )
Answer: W

Exercise 5
用動詞的適當形式填空：
1. Susan # # (be) a teacher.
Answer: is
2. My father # # (work) for a bank.
Answer: works
3. We # # (visit) our uncle last Sunday.
Answer: visited
4. She # # (be) fourteen years old next year.
Answer: will be
5. Jim and I # # (be) good friends.
Answer: are
6. They # # (do) not speak French.
Answer: do
7. They # # (be) good friends ten years ago.
Answer: were
8. # #(be) Tom at home last night?
Answer: Was
9. # # (do) you buy that vase yesterday?
Answer: Did
10. # # (do) your brother come home about eight?
Answer: Does
11. I # # (live) in Beijing.
Answer: live
12. Tom # a # (have) a basketball and I # b # (have) a football.
Answer: a. has b. have
13. He # # (have) not any money on him yesterday.
28
Answer: had
14. I # # (watch) TV now.
Answer: am watching
15. What is Bill # # (do) now?
Answer: doing
16. They # # (listen) to music when I reached their house.
Answer: were listening
17. Karl # # (read) a magazine at that time.
Answer: was reading
18. Mr. Smith # # (live) in this house since 1980.
Answer: has lived/has been living
19. I # # (not write) the letter yet.
Answer: have not written
20. Mr. Brown # # (teach) us English next year.
Answer: will teach
21. I # # (spend) my summer vacation in Hawaii.
Answer: am going to spend/will spend
22. English # # (speak) in many countries.
Answer: is spoken
23. The stars # # (see) at night.
Answer: are seen
24. That window # # (break) yesterday.
Answer: was broken
25. These trees # # (plant) by my father.
Answer: were planted
26. The book # # (write) in German.
Answer: was written
27. He # # (play) there at this moment.
Answer: is playing
28. She # # (play) the piano now.
Answer: is playing
29. I # # (get) there after six o'clock.
Answer: will get
30. They # # (be) pianists.
Answer: are

** DAY 12 **
Exercise 6
用助動詞 may, can, must, need, would, should, dare, ought, used 填空：
% a. may
% b. can
% c. must
% d. need
% e. would
% f. should
% g. dare
% h. ought
% i. used
1. # # I leave after I finish the test?
Answer: a
2. # # you reach the top shelf?
Answer: b
3. You # # return the book by the end of this month.
Answer: c
4. # # we go so soon?
Answer: f
5. # # you carry this bag upstairs for me?
Answer: e
6. You # # stay in bed if you are not well.
Answer: f
7. You # # not stay out till late at night.
29
Answer: a
8. He # # be an important person.
Answer: c
9. # # I use your telephone?
Answer: b/a
10. You # # stay here if you want to.
Answer: b/a
11. He looks old. He # # be over seventy years old.
Answer: c
12. You # # not be late for school.
Answer: c
13. I # # like to have some more coffee.
Answer: e
14. I # # rather stay home than go out in the rain.
Answer: e
15. He # # speak French well, for he was brought up in France.
Answer: f
16. How # # you talk about my sister like that?
Answer: g
17. You # # to do your homework every day.
Answer: h
18. She # # to play tennis, but now she is too busy.
Answer: i
19. You are so young that you # # not drive a car yet.
Answer: a/f
20. You # # get up very early to catch the 6:30 train.
Answer: c
21. # # I answer all the questions on the page?
Answer: c
22. # # I use your desk?
Answer: a
23. # # he be a movie star? I can't believe it.
Answer: b
24. You # # keep this book for two weeks.
Answer: c
25. You # # not answer his silly questions.
Answer: d
26. He # # to take his dog for a walk, but he is too weak now.
Answer: i
27. You # # not go to bed so late every night.
Answer: f
28. He is dishonest. You # # not to lend him that money.
Answer: h
29. The ground is wet. It # # have rained last night.
Answer: c
30. Our teacher # # come here at any moment.
Answer: a
31. # # you mind opening the door for me?
Answer: e
32. My house is only two blocks from here. You # # not take a bus.
Answer: d
33. You # # lock the door.
Answer: f
34. # # I borrow your bicycle?
Answer: a
35. # # I help you?
Answer: b
36. This is a very beautiful car, but it # # be very expensive.
Answer: c
37. I # # rather watch TV than go to the movies.
Answer: e
30
38. You # # take a taxi. It's too far to walk.
Answer: f

Exercise 7
請指出下列各句中的形容詞：
1. No one remained alive in the terrible accident.
Answer: terrible
2. This is a very hard question.
Answer: hard
3. Is this the last lesson for today?
Answer: last
4. I have many good friends in Beijing and Shanghai.
Answer: good
5. I want those big apples on the table.
Answer: big

Exercise 8
在括號內填入適當的單詞。
% a. tall
% b. difficult
% c. old
% d. fast
% e. long
% f. wide
% g. black
% h. good
% i. easy
% j. obstinate
1. Riding a horse is not as ( ) as riding a bicycle.
Answer: i
2. This building is as ( )as that.
Answer: a
3. Your coffee is not as ( ) as the coffee my mother makes.
Answer: h
4. This book is as ( ) as that.
Answer: b
5. My father is as ( ) as your uncle.
Answer: c
6. This river is as ( ) as that.
Answer: f
7. This horse is as ( ) as that.
Answer: d
8. You are as ( ) as a mule.
Answer: j
9. This rope is not as ( ) as that.
Answer: e
10. His face is as ( ) as coal.
Answer: g

Exercise 9
用形容詞的比較級或最高級填空。
1. Your bicycle is # # than hers.(small)
Answer: smaller
2. I think English is much # # than mathematics.(interesting)
Answer: more interesting
3. Andy is the # # student in my class. (tall)
Answer: tallest
4. Baseball is # # than soccer in Taiwan. (welcome)
Answer: more welcome
5. Which is the # # of those mountains? (high)
Answer: highest
31
6. He is the # # man in our town. (famous)
Answer: most famous
7. Betty is # # than her sister.(beautiful)
Answer: more beautiful
8. This is the # # game that I have ever seen.(exciting)
Answer: most exciting
9. She is the # # speaker that I have ever met. (eloquent)
Answer: most eloquent
10. Bill looks # # than his brother. (young)
Answer: younger

Exercise 10
請指出下列各句子中的副詞：
1. That man can run fast.
Answer: fast
2. Mary will probably be absent.
Answer: probably
3. Our baby is very pretty.
Answer: very
4. Tom is often late for school.
Answer: often
5. Happily he didn't die.
Answer: Happily
6. He always takes some exercise before breakfast.
Answer: always
7. Bill, will you speak slowly?

Answer: slowly
8. I am rather tired.
Answer: rather
9. I reached the place early in the morning.
Answer: early
10. Susan speaks English fluently.
Answer: fluently

Exercise 11
在括號內填入適當的字，並依中文將下列句子完成。
1. 你昨天去那裡了嗎？
Did you go ( a )( b )?
Answer: a. there b. yesterday
2. 她通常對自己的朋友都很親切。
She ( a ) treats her friends ( b ).
Answer: a. always b. kindly
3. 他們總是認真地工作。
They ( a ) work very ( b ).
Answer: a. always b. hard
4. 我只去過北京一次。
I have been to Beijing ( a )( b ).
Answer: a. only b. once
5. 他今天早上有沒有比他的朋友們起得早呢？
Did he get up ( a ) ( b ) his friends this morning?
Answer: a. earlier b. than

Exercise 12
用 very, fast, often, now, here, quite, happily, hard, early, ago等副詞填空：
% a. very
% b. fast
% c. often
% d. now
% e. here
% f. quite
32
% g. happily
% h. hard
% i. early
% j. ago
1. His uncle left here long ( ).
Answer: j
2. The train runs ( ).
Answer: b
3. The wind began to blow ( ).
Answer: h
4. Your bag is( ) heavy.
Answer: a
5. She got up ( ) in the morning.
Answer: i
6. Tom ( ) goes to school by bus.
Answer: c
7. ( ) he did not meet the accident.
Answer: g
8. What is he doing ( )?
Answer: d
9. Shall we stay ( ) tonight?
Answer: e
10. It is ( ) warm today.
Answer: f

Exercise 13
用副詞的原級，比較級或最高級填空：
1. Can you run # # Andy?(同 Andy 一樣快)
Answer: as fast as
2. Sandy got up # #.(比 Nancy 早)
Answer: earlier than Nancy
3. Nobody can move # #.(像我一樣快)
Answer: as quickly as I do
4. Will you # #?(講得慢一點)
Answer: speak more slowly
5. Diana sings # #.(像 Barbara 一樣好)
Answer: as well as Barbara
6. They arrived # #.(比她晚)
Answer: later than her
7. He worked # #.(像老人一樣慢)
Answer: as slowly as an old man
8. He eats # #.(比我還快)
Answer: more quickly than me
9. Who # #?(做得最好)
Answer: did it best
10. He played # #.(比我好)
Answer: better than me
11. He doesn't snore # #.(像你一樣大)
Answer: as loudly as you
12. They work # #.(比我們努力)
Answer: harder than us
13. She dances # #.(比你更差)
Answer: worse than you
14. Which shines # # (最明亮),the sun, the moon or stars?
Answer: brightest
15. A new knife cuts # #.(比舊刀好)
Answer: better than an old knife
16. Old men walk # #.(比年輕人慢)
Answer: more slowly than young men
17. My brother eats # #(最多)in my family.
Answer: the most
33
18. My father has bought a car # #.(近來)
Answer: recently/lately

** DAY 13 **
H. AGREEMENT:
SINGULAR NOUNS +SINGULAR VERBS 單數名詞+單數動詞
在上一課我們簡略地學了一些名詞與動詞之間的文法，這課我們會多做一些singular noun 與singular
verb 之文法練習。
Examples:
The door #is# open.
門是開著的。
The child #is# crying.
小孩童在哭泣。
He #does not# like tea.
他不喜歡茶。
Bill #has# an apple.
比利有一個蘋果。
Sam, with his classmates, #is# coming now.
森美正在與他的同學過來。
I #am# twenty years old.
我今年20歲。
She #was# angry with you.
她對你不滿。

Exercise 1
用括號內的正確單詞填空。
1. Bread # # made from flour.(is / are)
Answer: is
2. There # # not any water left , please give me some.(is / are)
Answer: is
3. I # # to school by bus every day.(go / goes)
Answer: go
4. Nobody # # the answer to the question.(know / knows)
Answer: knows
5. Each of the students # # seen this.(has / have)
Answer: has
6. Neither of the girls # # taken it.(has / have)
Answer: has
7. Bill, with his brothers, # # (is / are) coming now.
Answer: is
8. One of those children # # broken the window.(has / have)
Answer: has
9. Each of the soldiers # # given a gun.(is / are)
Answer: is
10. Neither of the students # # seen the movie.(has / have)
Answer: has
11. Either Bob or his brother # # reading now.(is / are)
Answer: is
12. Sam, with his friends, # # to the park every day. (go / goes)
Answer: goes
13. The driver, as well as the policeman, # # coming. (is / are)
Answer: is
14. Either Susan or her sister# # this picture.(has / have)
Answer: has
15. Someone # # knocking at the door. (is / are)
Answer: is
16. Here # # the train.(come / comes)
Answer: comes
17. Light # # faster than sound.(travel/travels)
Answer: travels
18. # # either of you going? (Is / Are)
34
Answer: Is
19. The city # # hit by a big storm . (was / were)
Answer: was
20. The cow, as well as the sheep # # grass.(eats / eat)
Answer: eats

** DAY 14 **
Exercise 2
根據括號內之動詞，以正確的形式填入句中。
1. # # (do) everybody have a pencil?
Answer: Does
2. Either Mary or Betty # # (have) to go out.
Answer: has
3. Nobody # # (be) allowed to enter the new park.
Answer: is
4. # # (be) either of the students writing a composition?
Answer: Is
5. Tom, like his brother, # # (be) very quiet in class.
Answer: is
6. There # # (be) a lot of water in this pot.
Answer: is
7. None of them # # (know) the answer.
Answer: knows
8. No news # # (be) good news.
Answer: is
9. There # # (be) not any coffee left, please give me some.
Answer: is
10. He # # (do) not live in Tokyo.
Answer: does
11. Mr. Brown # # (have) a big dog.
Answer: has
12. My uncle # # (be) very kind to me.
Answer: is
13. What kind of bird # # (fly) fastest?
Answer: flies
14. How fast Bill # # (run) !
Answer: runs
15. What a big garden your grandfather # # (have) !
Answer: has
16. My dream # # (be) to be a film star.
Answer: is
17. Playing tennis # # (be) fun.
Answer: is
18. Everyone # # (love) peace.
Answer: loves
19. This box # # (be) made of wood.
Answer: is
20. France # # (be) one of the countries in Europe.
Answer: is
21. There # # (be) not much room in the elevator.
Answer: is
22. It # # (be) about two kilometers from here to our school.
Answer: is
23. There # # (be) some wine in the bottle.
Answer: is
24. It # # (be) only three hours to drive from here to the Great Wall.
Answer: is
25. A mailman is a man who # # (deliver) letters.
Answer: delivers
26. I have an American friend who # # (speak) Cantonese very well.
Answer: speaks
35
27. She # # (know) none of the members.
Answer: knows
28. Politics # # (be) a kind of tricks.
Answer: is
29. Neither of my parents # # (be) able to go to the university.
Answer: was
30. None of those students # # (speak) Japanese.
Answer: speaks

** DAY 15 **
I. ARTICLES
冠詞
冠詞一般放在名詞(noun)的前面，它有不定冠詞(indefinite articles)和定冠詞(definite articles)
之分，不定冠詞有"a" 、"an"，定冠詞有"the"。
a. 不定冠詞
1. 形式
不定冠詞有a及an兩種形式。"a" 用於子音(即非a、e、i、o、u之英文字母)開始的字或發音如子音的母音字母
【如u讀/ju/】開始的字之前：
Examples:
a boy, a dog, a university, a table
"an"用於母音(a、e、i、o、u)或是不發音的"h "字開始的字之前：
Examples:
an orphan, an uncle, an elephant, an hour, an honourable man
2. 不定冠詞a或an在以下各種情形使用：
(1) 在可數名詞之前，當這名詞第一次被提及，而其本身並不是代表特指的人和物：
I need a dictionary.
(我要一本字典。)
There is a doctor at the door.
(有一位醫生在門口那邊。)
(2) 在一個用以代表其類別(全體)的單數可數名詞之前。
A car must be insured = All cars must be insured.
車一定要接受保險。
A child needs love = Every child needs love.
小孩需要愛。
(3) 用在表示職業的名詞前：
He is a doctor.
他是一位醫生。
She is a teacher.
她是一位教師。
He became an actor.
他成為一位演員。
b. 定冠詞
定冠詞the在以下各種情形使用：
1. 表示獨一無二，或被看作一整體的名詞前：
the earth 地球
the moon 月亮
the sky 天空
the weather 天氣
2. 上文出現，下文再提起的名詞前：
His car struck a tree. Now, you can see a mark on the tree.
他的車撞了一棵樹。現在你能在那棵樹上看到一個標記。
3. 後面有定語修飾的名詞前面：
The boy that I met.
我遇見的那個男孩子。
The man on the horse.
那匹馬上的男人。
The woman in red.
那個穿紅衣的女郎。
The book on the desk.
那本在桌子上的書。
以上可見，"the"是"那"的意思。
36
4. 談話雙方都知所指的名詞前面：
Ann is in the garden.
安妮在花園裡。
(這是假設大家也知道所指的是哪一個花園。)
Please pass me the wine.
請把那瓶酒遞給我。
5. 在形容詞(adj.)最高級或序數詞(1st, and …… )之前用定冠詞。
the highest mountain 最高的山
the first man 第一男人
the second 第二個
the most beautiful girl 最漂亮的女孩
the cleverest student 最聰明的學生
6. the + 形容詞表示一類人：
the old = old people in general. 泛指一般老人。
the rich = rich people in general. 泛指一般富有的人。
這種用法的動詞要用複數，對應的代名詞(pronoun)是they:
The young are impatient and they like changes.
年青人是缺乏耐性的，而且他們喜歡改變。
7. 用於表示海洋，河流，島嶼，山脈，複數國家名稱及沙漠，建築，劇院等專有名詞之前：
e.g.
the Atlantic Ocean 大西洋
the Pacific Ocean 太平洋
the Alps 阿爾卑斯山
the Sahara 撒哈拉沙漠
the United States 美國
the United Kingdom 大英帝國
8. 用於樂器名稱之前：
She learnt to play the violin.
她學拉小提琴。
He is playing the piano.
他在彈鋼琴。
c. 下列情況下不用冠詞：
1. 在名詞的複數形式前一般不用冠詞：
Why do people (most people) give boys (many boys) guns (all kinds of guns) and girls (many girl
s)dolls (all kinds of dolls)?
為什麼人們總是給男孩子玩槍而女孩子則玩洋娃娃？
2. 除非指定，不可數名詞(uncountable nouns) 和抽象名詞(abstract nouns)前不用冠詞：
We order beer.
我們要酒。
The ruler is made of wood.
那把尺是用木造的。
Men fear death.
人怕死亡。
指定：
I drank the beer he gave me.
我喝他給我的酒。
The wood on that truck is from Brazil.
在那貨車上的木材是巴西運來的。
3. 在kind of, sort of(那種)和by 後的名詞除非被修飾，否則不用冠詞：
Joan is just that sort of student.
Joan就是那種學生。
We go to school by bus.
我們乘巴士上學。
被修飾：
Joan is the sort of student that our teacher likes.
Joan就是那種老師喜歡的學生。
We go to school by the school bus.
我們乘坐校車上學。
4. 在三餐的名稱前，如果沒有修飾詞，一般不用冠詞：
We have lunch at 11:30 a.m.
我們早上11點半吃午餐。
37
He had eggs for breakfast.
我們以雞蛋作早餐。
5. 在school, college, hospital, church, bed等名詞前，去這些地方的理由非常明顯，此時在這些名詞前
不用冠詞：
She is at school.(studying)
她在學校(學習)
He is in hospital.(receiving treatment)
他在醫院(接受治療)
He went to church.(to pray)
他去教堂(祈禱)
但下列也對，因為他們去這些地方有個特別之目的：
She is going to the hospital to visit her friend.
她去醫院探望她的朋友。
She works at the school as a secretary.
她在學校當秘書。
He went to the church for his friend's wedding.
他去教堂參加他朋友的婚禮。
6. 在basketball, football 等球類的名詞前不用定冠詞，但也有特殊。
He is playing basketball on the playground.
他在操場上打籃球。
He threw the basketball at me.
他把籃球擲向我。

** DAY 16 **
Exercise 1
閱讀下列名詞，在可數名詞(countable nouns)左面填上"a"或"an"，在不可數名詞(uncountable nouns)左面
則填"X"，可參照例句。
Example:
# x # water
# an # elephant
1. # #hour
Answer: an
2. # #universe
Answer: a
3. # #butter
Answer: x
4. # #house
Answer: a
5. # #uniform
Answer: a
6. # #idea
Answer: an
7. # #fish
Answer: a
8. # #ship
Answer: a
9. # #adult
Answer: an
10. # #piano
Answer: a
11. # #cotton
Answer: x
12. # #mail-box
Answer: a
13. # #doctor
Answer: a
14. # #tiger
Answer: a
15. # #kitchen
Answer: a

38
Exercise 2
閱讀下列各題，然後選擇填上"a", "an"或"the".
1. Everyone knows Linda is # # honest girl.
Answer: an
2. I decided to stay at # # Dragon Hotel.
Answer: the
3. Steve is thinking of crossing # a # Atlantic Ocean in # b # yacht.
Answer: a. the b. a
4. It is more expensive to take # a # taxi than to take # b # ferry.
Answer: a. a b. a
5. She is # # most beautiful girl in this class.
Answer: the
6. I am going to # # United States next week.
Answer: the
7. He speaks in English. He is from # # European country.
Answer: a
8. Why does # a # earth go around # b # sun?
Answer: a. the b. the
9. A hunter led # # elephant and walked along the road.
Answer: an
10. He went to # # school to see his brother yesterday.
Answer: the

Exercise 3
下列各句子，填上"a", "an"或"the",若三者都不適合，則填上"x".
Examples:
He is #a# good student in the class.
He is #the# best student in the class.
1. I met him on # a # No.33 bus when I was travelling to # b # work.
Answer: a. the b. x
2. Selina goes to school by # # same ferry every morning.
Answer: the
3. The company gave us # # wonderful dinner.
Answer: a
4. Peter is # # university student.
Answer: a
5. # a # apple a day, keeps # b # doctor away.
Answer: a. an b. the
6. We can't live without # # love.
Answer: x
7. What sort of # a # game do you like better, # b # football or basketball?
Answer: a. x b. x
8. The dog ran into # # school.
Answer: the
9. No one knows how deep # # Indian Ocean is.
Answer: the
10. Susan never goes to # # bed early at night.
Answer: x
11. I will never forget # # help you have given me.
Answer: the
12. The shop sells # a # fruit and # b # drinks.
Answer: a. x b. x
13. Are # a # Rockies # b # highest mountain ranges on earth?
Answer: a. the b. the
14. We cannot survive without # # food.
Answer: x
15. Tracy always dreams of studying in # # United States.
Answer: the
16. The Wong's family went to Shatin by # # train.
Answer: x
17. Most people send their Christmas parcels by # # air nowadays.
39
Answer: x
18. Have you seen # # real dinosaur before?
Answer: a
19. # a # Muslims usually go to # b # mosques once a week.
Answer: a. x b. x
20. They have # # dinner early in the evening.
Answer: x

** DAY 17 **
J. PREPOSITION
介詞
介詞(preposition)是單個的詞或詞組，在句子中與一個名詞(nouns)或代名詞(pronouns)一起用來表示
它與另一個詞或幾個詞的關係。介詞的用法很多，在這一章裡，我們將學習最常見之介詞的用法。
介詞的用法如下：
1. 表地點：
Angel studies in this middle school.
安琪在這所中學念書。
2. 表目的：
I am going to buy a gift for my brother.
我將會買一份禮物給我的哥哥。
3. 表反對：
I'm against the teacher's idea.
我反對老師的構想。
4. 表贊同：
We agree to this arrangement.
我們同意這個安排。
5. 表方式：
Please answer in English.
請用英語作答。
6. 表原因：
He left out of anger.
他因忿怒而離去。
7. 表結果：
The stray dog died of hunger.
那隻流浪狗因飢餓而死。
8. 表籍貫：
She comes from the U.S.
她從美國來的。
9. 表方位：
There are three books in my bag.
在我的書包內有三本書。
10. 表數量：
There is a piece of paper on the desk.
桌上有一張紙。
a. 常用的介詞：
1. 舉例介詞(preposition)說明：
Next to 靠近，貼近
The supermarket is next to the big hotel.
超級市場在那間大酒店旁。
Beside 在旁邊
Lucy sits beside me.
路西坐在我旁邊。
Opposite 相對
The theatre is opposite that factory.
戲院在那間工廠對面。
Near 在附近
The airport is near the city.
飛機場在那城市附近。
far from 遠離
My hometown is far from the railway station.
我的家鄉距離火車站很遠。
40
In front of 在…前面
There stands a tall tree in front of school.
學校前面有一棵大樹。
Behind 在…後面
The little boy hid behind the tree.
那小男孩藏在樹後。
across 橫過
The blind man was walking across the road.
那瞎子正在橫過馬路。
Away from 離開
Stay away from the dog!
快離開那隻狗！
Towards 向，面向
The soldiers ran towards the enemies.
那些士兵們衝向敵軍。
Round (around) 圍著，繞著，向四周
He looked around the corner, but could see nobody.
他環顧四周，但看不見任何人。
Along 沿著
The gentleman walked along the street slowly.
那男子慢慢地沿著路邊步行。
Up/down
up 上，向上
down 下，向下
He climbed up the mountain.
他向山上爬。
He went down the stairs.
他下樓梯。
Past 從旁邊經過
When I walked past the shop, I saw a beautiful skirt.
當我經過那間商店，看見一條很美麗的裙子。
b. 有相對或相反意思的介詞舉例：
Inside 內面
Outside 外面
Tom is standing inside the square but John is standing outside it.
湯美站在廣場之內，但約翰則站在廣場之外。
Into 進入
Out of 出來
When the boy jumped into the water, a fish jumped out of it.
當那個男孩子跳進水裡時，有一條魚從水中跳出來。
On 在…上面
On to 到…上面
There was a bone on the desk, and so the dog jumped on to the desk.
桌子上有一塊骨頭，所以那隻狗跳到桌子上面。
over 在…正上方
under 在…正下方
above 在上面
below 在下面
by 在…旁邊
against 靠在…
The chair is by the desk, the umbrella is leaning against the desk.
椅子在桌子旁，雨傘則靠著桌子。
between 在兩者之間
among 在三者或三者以上之間
The building stands between the lake and the hill.
那建築物屹立在湖與山中間。
The old man is sitting among the children.
那老人坐在孩童群中。
at 朝向
to 對，與
When I talked to Mary, her boyfriend shouted at me and made faces.
41
當我與瑪利談話時，他的男朋友向我叫喊，並向我扮鬼臉。

** DAY 18 **
Exercise 1
列出下面介詞之相反介詞。
1. above # #
Answer: under
2. in # #
Answer: out
3. on top of# #
Answer: underneath
4. near of # #
Answer: far from
5. towards # #
Answer: away from
6. behind # #
Answer: in front of
7. into # #
Answer: out of
8. up # #
Answer: down
9. over # #
Answer: under
10. inside # #
Answer: outside

Exercise 2
在下列各句中，填上最合適之介詞。
1. There is a mosque # # top of that hill.
Answer: on
2. The distance # # the 1st bus-stop and the 3rd bus-stop is 75 km.
Answer: between
3. I live # # the sixth floor of that building.
Answer: on
4. Please, stop! I can't keep running # # you anymore.
Answer: after
5. "Stand straight! Don't lean # # the wall!" the teacher said to Tom.
Answer: against
6. The moon moves # # the earth.
Answer: round/around
7. The teacher never shouts # # her pupils.
Answer: at
8. I will meet John # # five o'clock.
Answer: at
9. The temperature in Hong Kong never falls # # freezing point.
Answer: below
10. Crystal is colourless, we can see things # # it.
Answer: through

Exercise 3
在下列各題填上"in", "at"或"on".
1. What's # a # that metal box? I found it # b # my room.
Answer: a. in b. in
2. My mother is a nurse # a # St Paul's Hospital # b # London.
Answer: a. at b. in
3. Eva: Which class is Halley # a #?
Halley: I've no idea. I only know his classroom is # b # the 3rd floor.
Answer: a. in b. on
4. Judy works as a clerk # a # the sales department of a firm which is # b # the 15th flo
or of a building # c # King's Road.
Answer: a. in b. on c. on
42
5. Grey and her family live # a # a small farm # b # a small island.
Answer: a. on b. on
6. That shop is # a # 145 Des Voeux Road, # b # Central.
Answer: a. on b. in
7. Donald's mother works # a # a bank # b # New York city.
Answer: a. in b. in
8. I'll meet you # # home.
Answer: at
9. Is Haman # # home?
Answer: at
10. How long has Mary been # # hospital?
Answer: in

** DAY 19 **
d. 關於表示處所，方位的介詞"in", "at" 的用法。
1. In 的用法：
a. 在非專有名詞或不具體的地方前用in.
b. 在街道，道路，地區，城市，國家，大洲等前用in.
c. 在容器，房屋，公寓，公司等名詞前用in.
Examples:
1. I'd rather live in a backward country than in an advanced country.
我寧可住在落後的國家也不住在先進的國家。
Did he sleep in the street last night?
他昨晚有沒有在街上露宿？
用"On" 如:
Long time ago, there was a poor old fisherman on this small island.
很久以前，有一個老漁夫在這小島。
2. The supermarket I often go to is on Nathan Road.
我常去的那間超級市場是在彌敦道。
He went to work in Beijing in 1957.
他1957年在北京工作。
We went to visit our relatives in Manila last Saturday.
上週六我們到馬尼拉探望我們的親戚。
3. All the students are waiting in the classroom.
所有學生正在教室等候。
Anne works in a law firm.
安妮在一家律師行工作。
There's no water in this bottle.
這瓶內沒有水。
2. At 的用法：
1. 在一個專有名詞或表示具體的建築物或地址前用"at".
2. 在表示海灘，村莊等和在"the bottom", "the top" , "the front", "the corner"等詞前面用"at".
Examples:
1. He's staying at the Hilton Hotel
他暫住在希爾頓酒店。
He's a doctor at Queen Mary Hospital.
他在瑪利醫院當醫生。
Miss Wong lives at 12 Lockhart Road.
黃小姐住在駱克道12號。
2. At the corner of the street stopped a black car.
街角停了一輛黑色的車。
They went swimming at Stanley Beach last Sunday.
上週日他們到赤柱游泳。
Every worker must enter at the front door.
每位工作人員必須由前門進入。
3. On 的用法：
1. 用在某人生活或工作的地方前面，而此地又不是建築物。
2. 表示建築物的樓層前面。
Examples:
1. David is working on that building site. Tom's family lives on a farm.
2. Shirley lives on the 28th floor of that building. His office is on the ground floor.
43
4. 關於表示時間的介詞：
表示時間的介詞用來表示時間的關係，常用的介詞有"at", "in", "on", "for", "since", "by", "until"等。
1. At in on
At用在下列時間前：
1. 一個特定的片刻或特定的時間。
2. 在持續一天以上的節日，假日等前面。
Examples:
1. They got up at midnight.
他們在午夜12時醒來。
I bought a new car at the beginning of the year.
我在年初買了一部新車。
2. People put on their best clothes at Christmas.
一般人在聖誕時會穿上最漂亮的衣服。
I usually watch TV at weekends.
我通常在週末看電視。
In 用在下列時間前:
1. 一段較長的時間或一個不確切的時間，此時我們所要表達的意思有：in June, in two weeks....
2. 表示某事花多長時間或某事在某一時間的最後將發生。
Examples:
1. We should get up early in the morning.
我們應該早起。
I bought a new TV set in May.
我在五月時買了一部新電視機。
2. "Can you finish the reports in one hour?"
"你能在一小時內完成報告嗎？"
He'll come back in ten minutes.
他會在10分鐘內回來。
On用在下列時間前：
1. 指定的一天，日期或一週的某一天。
2. 指定的某一天，某日或星期的一部分。
Examples:
1. Children usually get up early on New Year's Day.
兒童一般在新年那天很早起床。
2. Most youngsters like to go to parties on Christmas Eve.
大部分年青人喜歡在平安夜晚上去派對。
I must get up early on Tuesday morning.
星期二早上我一定要早起。
g. 其他一些常用來表時間的介詞：
1. For 有，since自從
(1) For常用來表示事情在一段時間裡發生或進行。
(2) since 表示某事在過去某日期或時間發生且繼續進行到現在。
Examples:
1. Albert has been working on the plan for three months.
Albert為這計劃忙碌了三個月。
Tom has been here for three hours.
Tom在這裡已經有三小時。
2. Albert has been working on the plan since lst July.
Albert自七月一日起便一直為這計劃忙碌。
Tom has been here since two.
Tom自兩點已在這裡。
2. By, until
1. By用來表示某事情在某個日期或時間已完成或必須完成，此時by有on和before的意思。
2. Until用來表示在某個時間，某事將要發生，或事情將持續到某時。
Examples:
1. Albert has to finish the plan by lst July.
這就是說Albert，必須完成這項計劃，可早但不遲於1st July.
Tom has to be here by three.
這就是說Tom必須在三點來這裡，可早但不可遲。
2. Albert will not finish the plan until lst July.
這說明Albert完成計劃的時間是七月一日。
Tom is staying here until three.
44
這告訴我們Tom留在這裡直到三點為止。
3. 注意有些介詞詞組容易混淆。
Examples:
1. at one time = 以前有一陣子(formerly)
2. in time = 比預定時間早(early or soon enough)
3. on time = 準時(at the right time)
4. at times = 有時(occasionally)
5. in the end = 結果 (as a result)(at last)
6. at the end = 最後(at the last moment)
例句：
1. He comes to visit us #at times#.
他有時會來探望我們。
2. #At one time# you could buy a colour TV for ￥1000.
你曾經能花1000元買一台彩色電視機。
3. #At the time# he went out, the telephone rang.
當他離去時，電話響起。
4. He arrived at the airport #in time#.
他及早到達飛機埸。
5. John always attends meetings #on# #time#.
約翰總是準時出席會議。
6. We get our pay #at the end# of every month.
我們月底拿取工資。
7. He worked so hard for the exam, that #in the end# he got a distinction.
他為考試努力溫習，結果獲得好成績。

** DAY 20 **
Exercise 4
在每句句子中，填上一個適當的介詞。
1. Tom is sleeping # # present.
Answer: at
2. We should have plans # # the future.
Answer: for
3. "Wait! I'll be back # # 5 minutes."
Answer: in
4. # # the past, instead of travelling by cars, people rode on horses.
Answer: In/in
5. We are only just # # time for the meeting.
Answer: in
6. Hamlet had gone # # holiday in the U.K.
Answer: on
7. Cindy's birthday is # # 20th December.
Answer: on
8. They haven't seen each other # # years.
Answer: for
9. Mark has been staying in Hong Kong # # over three years.
Answer: for
10. David used to be a popular singer # # one time.
Answer: at
11. He went to Hong Kong # # September last year.
Answer: in
12. What do you usually do # # weekends?
Answer: at
13. Those boys are quite naughty # # times.
Answer: at
14. "Make sure you'll finish the homework # # six O'clock, Tommy!"
Answer: by
15. The sun always rises # # the east.
Answer: from/in

** DAY 21 **
K. CONNECTIVES
45
連接詞
連接詞：
在句子中用來連接詞，詞組和句子等的詞叫連接詞。如：but, as, because, and, although, unless 等
The moon is bright #and# beautiful.
月亮又亮又美。
This old man can see #but# he cannot hear.
這老年人不是盲，但是聾。
John is rich #but# he is always sick.
約翰是富有但他經常生病。
You must work hard #or# you will fail.
你一定要努力否則你會失敗。
I wasn't able to go to work yesterday #because# I was exhausted.
昨天我不能上班因為我太疲倦了。
以上劃線部分都是連詞。在英語中能用作連詞的詞很多，為了容易掌握，我們把它們分組來解釋。
a. 連詞的分組及作用：
1.because 與 for 這兩個連接詞語意思幾乎相同，而且可以通用。然而，用because要比for較正式，because
表示原因的語氣比for強。用for引導的子句(我們稱之為for子句)在用法方面比because所引導的子句要受更多
的限制。
(1) for子句不能置於主句(main clause)的前面：
#Because# it was wet, he took a taxi.(不能用for)
(2) for子句之前不可用not, but或其他任何連接詞：
He stole #not because# he wanted the money #but because# he liked stealing.(能用for)
2. as與like
like 在較簡單的比較式中置於名詞/代名詞前面：
He fought #like# a　mad man.
他打得像一個瘋子。
但如果後面為句子則用as而不用like.
Can you pour wine straight down your throat, #as# they do in Spain?
你能否把酒直注入咽喉，如西班牙人做的那樣呢？
as與like一樣後面可接單一的名詞，但是用as與用like之間有語意差別：
I worked #as# a slave = I was a slave
(我是奴隸，我以奴隸的身分工作。)
I worked #like# a slave.
(我工作很辛苦，但是我是自由之身。)
He used his umbrella #as# a weapon.
(他以傘作武器自衛。)
3. though/although, nevertheless, however, yet, but與片語in spite of.以上這些詞，都可連語意相反
或成對比的兩句。他們的區別最好用例句來說明：
(1) but, yet, #though/although#:
He was angry, #but/yet# he listened to me patiently.
他很生氣，但也耐心地聆聽我的話語。
#Though/Although# he was angry, he listened to me patiently.
雖然他很生氣，但是他也耐心地聆聽我的話語。
要留意之地方是在英語中，although與but是不可以同時使用的。
(2) in spite of +名詞/代名詞/動名詞：
#In spite of# being angry, he listened to me patiently. #In spite of# his anger, he listened to
me patiently.
雖然他很生氣，他仍耐心地聆聽我的話語。
在例句中，我們可看見"In spite of"後是必須要用名詞的，如"being"或"his anger"。
(3) nevertheless, however
He was angry, #nevertheless/however# he listened patiently.(nevertheless = in spite of this/tha
t)他生氣，但仍耐心地聆聽著。
4. both, either, neither, nor, or, and及so.
(1) both…and 可以強調表兩種事物(兩個名詞，動詞，形容詞等)的組合：
He has both the time and the money to play polo.
他既有時間，又有金錢去玩馬球。
either…or 可以用在肯定句及問句中強調兩種選擇：
We can have #either# tripe or liver.
我們可以選擇牛肚或肝。
Can you eat #either# tripe or liver?
牛肚和肝兩者，你能吃其中一種嗎？
46
在否定句中同樣的強調可用否定動詞either…or或用肯定動詞neither…nor
I can't eat either tripe or liver = I can eat neither tripe nor liver.
兩句之意思相同，也是說牛肚和肝我皆不吃。但首句是用了否定動詞"can't"+"either+or"另一句則用了肯定
動詞"Can"+"neither+nor".
(2) either, neither, nor與so用於倒裝句.
I went #and# he went, too.
我去, 他也去。
倒裝句：
I went and #so# did he.
因大家也有"去"，所以用"so"，然後再用"did"表示過去時態。
同樣在否定句中我們可以說：
He didn't go #and# she didn't go, #either#.
他沒有去，她也沒有去。
倒裝句：
He didn't go and neither did she.
如大家也沒有去，我們則用neither,然後再用did以示過去時態。
5. when, as, while
(1) when
when 在以下情形使用：
1. 當一動作與另一動作同時發生，或在另一動作發生的一段時間內發生時：
When it rains, the buses are crowded.
下雨天時巴士十分擁擠。
When we lived in town, we often went to the cinema.
當我們住在市鎮時，我們經常去戲院。
2. 當一動作接著另一動作時：
When she pressed the button, the lift stopped.
當他按按鈕時，那部電梯停了下來。
(2) as
基本上as有when(當)之意，所以在上述句子中，as可以代替when.此外，as也有下列的用法。
1. as有時有because意思，表示原因：
#As# he was tired, he sat down.
由於他疲倦，故他坐下。
as可用because來代替。
#As# she loved him, she let him stay.(As=Because)
由於她愛他，她讓他留下。
2. As+名詞有"作為"之意。
#As# a student, he had to live on bread and water.
作為一個學生，他只可吃一些簡單的東西，如麵包和清水。
#As# a married man, he has to think of the future.
作為一個已婚男人，他要顧及未來。
3. as也有although的意思，但只能在形容詞+as+主詞+to be/to seem/to appear之組合中。
Expensive as the jacket was, Tom bought two.(Although the jacket was expensive, Tom bought two.)

縱使那件外套很昂貴，湯美買了兩件。
3) 1. while有正當之意。
While I was sleeping, the telephone rang.
正當我在睡覺之時，電話響起。
2. While有but的意思，在強調對比時用。
Jane likes singing #while# her sister likes dancing.
珍妮喜歡唱歌而她姐姐則喜歡跳舞。
Some people waste food #while# others haven't enough.
一些人浪費食物而其他人則沒有足夠食物。

** DAY 22 **
b. 其他一些連接詞(other conjunctions)：
1. after…之後
I felt much better #after# I had had a bath.
洗澡後，我好些了。
after也可用作介詞(preposition)如：
I felt much better #after# having a bath.
2. as long as達…之久，長達…
47
You can stay here as long as you like.
你在這裡逗留多久，適隨尊便。
as long as =provided that = if假若，以…為條件。
You can stay here as long as you don't make a noise.
假若你不造成噪音滋擾，就可留在這裡。
3. as soon as一…就，如…一般早.
Come here as soon as you finish the work.
一完成工作後，就過來。
They didn't arrive as soon as we had expected.
他們沒有如我們所料之時間到達。
4. as if / as though好像，彷彿
He works with such enthusiasm as if he never knew fatigue.
他工作不懈彷似永不覺得疲倦呢！
He walked as though he were a blind man.
他行路好像一個盲人。
此處要留意之地方是用了as if /though後是不能用現在式的。
5. assuming(that)假定，倘若
They should be here by six, assuming everything goes well.
倘若一切順利，他們六點便應到達。
6. before以前，之前
Before I answer your question, please tell me why you want to know.
在我回答你的問題前，請告訴我你為何想知道。
7. in case假使，以防(萬一)
In case he comes, let me know.
假使他來，請告之。
Take your key in case I am out when you get back.
記住拿你的鎖匙，以防你回來時我不在這裡。
8. now(that)既然現在
Now that I am well again, I can go on with my work.
既然我已康復，我能繼續我的工作了。
Now that you mention it, I do understand.
既然你已提及，我也明白了。
9. on condition that /(that)= if假如.
You could go with me provided that/on condition that your mother permitted.
若你媽媽准許，你就可以與我一起去。
10. seeing(that)鑒於…，由於…緣故
Seeing that he is ill, we'll do the work for him.
鑒於他病倒，我們就為他工作。
Seeing that you have all worked so hard today, you needn't start work until ten tomorrow.
鑒於你們今天全都辛勤工作，明天就十點才上班。
seeing(that)有because 和in view of the fact that的意思。
11. so that( = in order that，表示目的)
I'll give you all the facts so that you can judge for yourself.
我們把事實告訴你，那麼你就可以自己作判斷。
so+adj+that(表示結果)
He was so excited that he could not speak.
他太高興了，連話也說不出來。
注意：
"so that"後是用完整句子的，而so…that中，則用一個形容詞，that後才用完整句子。
12. supposing(that)假定，猜想
Supposing he is absent, what shall we do?
假定他缺席,我們怎辦?
13. unless =if not除非
I won't do it unless you want me to.
除非你要我幹，否則我是不會就範的。
You'll not pass the examination unless you study hard.
除非你努力溫習，否則你是不能及格的。
注意：
英語中用了unless(除非)，不須寫 or/otherwise。
14. until/till直到…為止
They kept on working until it became completely dark.
48
他們不停工作，直到天黑。
He didn't arrive until the game had begun.
他們在遊戲開始後才到達。
15. whenever =(very time)無論任何時候，每當
I always seem to bump into someone I know whenever I go to London.
每當我去到倫敦，總會遇見朋友。
Whenever we met with difficulties, they came to help us.
每當我們有困難，他們就來幫忙。
16. Wherever/every where 無論何地
They seem to cause trouble wherever/every where they go.
他們無論去到哪兒，也會引起麻煩的。
Wherever I go, I will remember what the teacher told me.
無論我去到哪裡，我總記得老師所說的話。

** DAY 23 **
Exercise 1
在括號內，選擇適當的答案。
e.g.
What do you want, a hamburger (either, or) # or # a hot dog?
1. She will not leave the hospital (when, until) # # her mother recovers.
Answer: until
2. Peter never goes to the Water World (and, because) # # he doesn't know how to swim.
Answer: because
3. They won't be able to sell the car (if, unless) # # a buyer comes along soon.
Answer: unless
4. Amanda is a fan of Lesile, (so, as long as) # # she has booked the ticket for his conc
ert.
Answer: so
5. (As, Although) # # he did so well in his exams, Johnny was happy for weeks.
Answer: As/as
6. Not only can Iris speak Japanese (once, but) # # she can write it, too.
Answer: but
7. We will go to Ocean Park (because, if) # # the weather is fine tomorrow.
Answer: if
8. Billy has been dreaming of being a fireman (as, since) # # he was a little child.
Answer: since
9. I meet Donna (whether, whenever) # # I go to National Park.
Answer: whenever
10. Sophia has studied very hard for the test (supposing, but) # # still, she could not get
a pass.
Answer: but

Exercise 2
在下列字詞中，選取一個最適合的詞填入句中。
% a. so
% b. because
% c. unless
% d. as soon as
% e. although
% f. or
% g. whether
% h. until
% i. in case
% j. so that
1. Which lessons do the students like more : English # # Chinese?
Answer: f
2. The weather was very cloudy yesterday. # # the picnic was called off.
Answer: a
3. # # I got home after work, I watched television.
Answer: d
4. I won't stop my work # # I finish it.
49
Answer: h
5. John is humble # # he is very clever.
Answer: e
6. You are not allowed to watch category III film # # you are 18 years of age or more.
Answer: c
7. # # of the bad weather, our boat trip was cancelled.
Answer: b
8. I'm not sure # # the singing contest will be held tonight or tomorrow night.
Answer: g
9. Andy worked very hard for the examination, # # he could get a good result.
Answer: j
10. Take this jacket with you # # the weather turns cold this evening.
Answer: i

Exercise 3
選擇：
選出適當的答案。
1.Janet is foolish # # her sister is smart.
A. so
B. but
C. that
D. because
Answer: B
2. He will buy a new flat # # he wins a lottery.
A. once
B. unless
C. since
D. seeing
Answer: A
3. David said to his girlfriend, "I will wait for you # # the day you come back."
A. when
B. until
C. as
D. because
Answer: B
4. I asked my mother # # she would get ready for the party.
A. after
B. as soon as
C. and
D. when
Answer: D
5. # # I were a bird, I would fly around the world.
A. Because
B. If
C. Although
D. Once
Answer: B
6. You may take a rest # # you have finished your work.
A. so
B. whether
C. unless
D. provided
Answer: D
7. I meet him # # I go to the Ocean Park.
A. so
B. now
C. whether
D whenever
Answer: D
8. "I will wait for you # # six o'clock!"
A. now
50
B. until
C. although
D. where
Answer: B
9. Take some exercises # # you will be overweight one day.
A. as far as
B. or
C. supposing
D. that
Answer: B
10. Please listen carefully # # I am talking to you.
A. while
B. wherever
C. unless
D. that
Answer: A
11. Tom can master French very well # # he has learnt it for only six months.
A. while
B. wherever
C. although
D. because
Answer: C
12. Do you know # # the concert will begin?
A. after
B. before
C. as soon as
D. when
Answer: D
13. I'm sorry to borrow you such a huge amount of money. Don't worry! Just wait # # I get my
salary next month.
A. when
B. but
C. until
D. if
Answer: C
14. Get an early night # # you will be fresh in the morning.
A. while
B. since
C. such that
D. so that
Answer: D
15. He looks # # he had seen a ghost.
A. as
B. as if
C. whether
D. if
Answer: B

** DAY 24 **
L. PHRASAL VERBS
片語動詞
片語動詞(phrasal verbs)就是以一個動詞為中心，加上一個介詞(preposition)或副詞(adv)或介詞和副詞，
而形成另一個新詞意。
a. 動詞(Verb)+介詞(preposition)
e.g.:
Break through: force a way through
突破
Bring through: save the life
Call in: ask to attend
招請
Call on: visit
51
Catch at: hold, seize
Come into: gain
End into: result in
Fill in: put in
Get at: reach
Get in: arrive
Get into: get used to
Go for: attack/go to have or get
Go into: investigate
Hold to: follow exactly
Hold with: agree with
Laugh at: treat(someone)as an object, of fun
Look into: examine
Look after: take cake of
Look for: search, seek
Look to: be careful about / rely on
Make for: move in the direction of
Run after: pursue
Run into: meet suddenly or unexpectedly
See about: deal with/attend to
See to: take care
Speak for: express the thoughts
Speak to: talk about
Stand for: represent
Take after: resemble

** DAY 25 **
b. 動詞(Verb)+ 副詞(adverb)
e.g.:
Back down: yield in argument
Back up: support
Break even: neither gain nor lose
Break in: enter by force
Break out: begin suddenly
Break up: divide; take apart
Bring about: to cause
Bring out: to produce
Bring back: to return
Call by: to visit when passing
Call out: order officially
Call up: bring back to memory; to telephone
Catch on: become popular; understand
Come across: meet or find accidentally
Come about: happen
Drop in: Pay casual visit
Drop off: lessen; become fewer
End up (off): to finish
End in: result in
Fill up: become completely full
Fit out: supply
Get down: descend
Get over: overcome
Give away: deliver; hand over
Give in: to yield
Give off: send out
Go on: continue
Go out: extinguish; become unfashionable
Go round: pay an informal visit
Hold back: control
Hold down: keep at a low level
Hold on: wait
52
Keep away: avoid going near
Keep down: control
Keep on: continue
Keep up: maintain; continue
Laugh off: cause to seem unimportant by laughing
Let down: disappoint someone
Let out: make (clothes) wider; to free (someone)
Look over: examine
Look round: go sight-seeing
Look up: improve matters (or the situation); find out
Make off: escape in a hurry
Make out: understand with difficulty
Make over: change
Put aside: save; put to one side
Put away: put in a safe place; return to its original place
Put down: write down
Put forward: propose
Put on: wear; pretend
Put off: postpone
Run away: escape
Run over: re-read; recapitulate
Run out: come to an end
See off: say goodbye to someone and see them to the door, train, etc.
Show off: act to try to get admiration for oneself
Shut down: stop operation
Shut off: keep separate or away
Shut up: stop talking
Speak out: speak boldly; freely
Speak up: speak more loudly
Stand out: be remarkable; outstanding
Take down: write down; pull down
Take in: understand; receive; earn money
Take off: remove; go away
Take on: engage; undertake
Take up: life up; occupy (time)
Throw away: to waste
Throw open: make open
Try out: test (something) by use or experience
Write back: reply in a letter
Write down: record in writing
Write out: Write in full
Write up: Write in a complete form

** DAY 26 **
c. 動詞(Verb)+副詞(adverb)+ 介詞(preposition)
e.g.
Bring down on: Cause (something) bad to happen to somebody　
Come up with: think of (an idea, a plan, etc.)
Go back on: fail to keep (a promise or one's word)
Keep up with: Keep pace with
Let in for: involve in (difficulty; hard work)
Look in on: visit in passing
Look forward to: wait eagerly
Look down on(upon): despise
Look out for: keep one's eyes open in case one sees
Put up with: tolerate
Run away with: steal and escape with
Stand up for: defend
Take up with: become friendly with
d. 片語動詞的詞序(Word order in phrasal verbs)
1. 如果片語動詞是由"verb +preposition"構成，在介詞後一定要跟至少一個受詞，結構為verb + preposit
53
ion + object
-----受詞(object)可以是名詞(noun)
e.g.
(1) Fill in your name on this form.
把名字填入這張表格。
(2) You can't get through these two exercises in one hour.
你不可能在一時內完成這兩個練習。
---受詞也可是代名詞(pronoun).
e.g.
(1) You shouldn't laugh at him.
你不該嘲笑他。
(2) Who is looking for it ？
誰在找它？
2. 如果片語動詞是由：動詞(verb)+ 副詞(adverb)+ 介詞(preposition)構成，介詞後面必須跟至少一個受詞。
結構為：verb + adverb + preposition + object
----受詞(object)可以是名詞(noun)：
e.g.
(1) You must stand up for your principles.
你必須堅守自己的原則。
(2) Why do you always go back on your promises？
為何你總不守諾言？
------ 受詞也可以是代名詞(pronoun)：
e.g.
(1) You walk on and I will catch up with you soon.
你繼續走，我不久就會趕上你。
(2) I don't look down on her.
我並不輕視她。
3. 如果片語動詞是由 ：動詞(verb)+ 副詞(adverb)構成，其詞序(word order)分三種情況：
NO 1.
沒有受詞，結構為：verb + adverb
(1) He has gone away.
他已離去了。
(2) Please stand up.
起立！
NO 2.
如果受詞(object)是人稱代名詞(personal pronoun)。結構為：verb + pronoun object + adverb
e.g.
(1) Put it on!
把它戴上。
(2) I will put them away.
我會將它保留起來。
NO 3.
如果受詞是名詞(noun)或不定代名詞(indefinite pronoun)，結構有兩種：
一種是：verb + noun object + adverb
另一種是：verb + adverb + noun object
e.g.
(1) I asked him to send all the letters off.
我讓他將所有這些信都發了。
I asked him to send off all the letters.
我讓他將所有這些信都發了。
(2) He tore down that notice.
他撕下了那張通告。
He tore that notice down.
他撕下了那張通告。

** DAY 27 **
e. 如何斷定動詞(verb)後面的詞(participle)是介詞還是副詞？
(1) 只能作介詞(preposition)用的詞有：
after, against, at, for, from, into, like, to, with, without.
(2) 只能作副詞(adverb)用的詞有：
away, back, forward, out
54
(3) 既能作介詞(preposition)又能作副詞(adverb)用的詞有：
about, across, along, around, before, behind, by, down, in, off, on, over, round, through, unde
r, up
動詞 + 介詞(verb + preposition)強調的是動詞(verb)
e.g.
You are the man I am looking for.
你正是我所尋找的人。
動詞 + 副詞(verb + adverb)強調的是副詞(adverb)
e.g.
Think it over.
仔細想想。
容易出現的錯誤：〔1〕如果片語動詞結構為：verb + adverb 而其所帶受詞(object)為人稱代名詞(personal
pronoun)誤將人稱代名詞置於副詞(adverb)之後：
e.g.
(1) “ 〤 ” Please hand out them!
“ ˇ ” Please hand them out!
請把這些發下去！
(2) “ 〤 ” Take back it.
“ ˇ ” Take it back.
拿回去。
〔2〕 如果片語動詞結構為：verb + preposition誤將介詞(preposition)當副詞(adverb)用，e.g.
(1)“ 〤 ” We are talking it about.
“ ˇ ” We are talking about it.
我們正在談論這件事。
(2)“ 〤 ” She stayed at home to look her baby after.
“ ˇ ” She stayed at home to look after her baby.
她留在家中照顧她的小孩。

** DAY 28 **
Exercise 1
使用括號內所給的詞，用片語動詞(Phrasal Verb)的現在進行式造句。
Example：
(Linda / do up / her dress / by herself)
--- Linda is doing her dress up by herself.
或--- Linda is doing up her dress by herself.
1. (Eunice / switch on / the television)
Answer: Eunice is switching on the television./Eunice is switching the television on.
2. (We / see off / our guests / at the airport)
Answer: We are seeing our guests off at the airport.
3. (the businessman / look over / the documents)
Answer: The businessman is looking over the documents.
4. (Baker / put up / a notice / on the notice board)
Answer: Baker is putting up a notice on the noticeboard.
5. (she / give away/some of her old clothes)
Answer: She is giving some of her old clothes away./She is giving away some of her old clothes.
6. (Peter / walk off with / his girl-friend / into the sunset)
Answer: Peter is walking off with his girl-friend into the sunset.
7. (Tony / go back on / his word)
Answer: Tony is going back on his word.
8. (you / go back on/ your word)
Answer: You are going back on your word.

Exercise 2
在下面每個句子的空白處填上一個恰當的字，以使其成正確的片動詞(phrasal verb)
Example:
Mary takes #after# her mother.
1. Peter came # # a lot of money when his father died.
Answer: into
2. The boy ran # # after he had broken the window.
Answer: away
3. I am looking # # your earliest reply.
55
Answer: forward to
4. Everything came # # as we expected.
Answer: off
5. The fire had gone # # before the firemen arrived.
Answer: out
6. He could not get # # since he was ill.
Answer: about/up
7. Mini-skirts went # # some time ago, but they have come back again.
Answer: out
8. They kept the news # # themselves.
Answer: to

Exercise 3
下列每句子都有四個答案，請選出最合適答案的英文字母填入句子空白處。
1. Woman all over the world are beginning # # their rights to equality.
A. to stand for
B. looking round
C. to stand up for
D. to stand them up
Answer: C
2. The accountant is # # the company's accounts.
A. looking up
B. looking round
C. looking to
D. looking through
Answer: D
3. That style has # # and few people wear it.
A. gone round
B. gone for
C. gone out
D. gone into
Answer: C
4. # #! The car is running up.
A. Look out
B. Look up
C. Look over
D. Look for
Answer: A
5. No one is sure about when the bill will # #.
A. come around
B. come up with
C. come off
D. come into effect
Answer: D
6. It is easy to see # # her lies.
A. off
B. over
C. to
D. about
Answer: B
7. That Club takes # # not more than 100 members every year.
A. after
B. over
C. in
D. down
Answer: C
8. It's the responsibility of the parents to bring # # their children with tender love and c
are.
A. through
B. back
C. up
56
D. down
Answer: C
9. It takes me hours to # # my boring work.
A. get through
B. keep in
C. keep through
D. get over
Answer: A
10. They decided to # # the meeting until Mr. Li came back.
A. write
B. put up with
C. keep on
D. put off
Answer: D
11. Susan is # # after 2 days' rest.
A. coming through
B. coming across
C. coming round
D. coming by
Answer: C
12. Tom's company will # # our business soon.
A. take down
B. take over
C. take to
D. take after
Answer: B
13. I # # my answer once again before I handed it in.
A. run over
B. run into
C. run across
D. run after
Answer: A
14. We should all # # our spirits through thick and thin.
A. keep up
B. keep to
C. keep back
D. keep in
Answer: A
15. If you are short, you cannot # # the top of that wardrobe.
A. get by
B. get up
C. get at
D. get over
Answer: C

** DAY 29 **
M. NEGATIVE SENTENCE
句子有肯定句(POSITIVE SENTENCE)和否定句(NEGATIVE SENTENCE)
肯定句：
I am short.
我矮。
否定句：
I am not tall.
我不高。
肯定句：
John is thin.
約翰瘦。
否定句：
John is not fat.
約翰不胖。
肯定句：
57
The students like P.E lesson.
學生喜歡體育課。
否定句：
The students do not like Chinese lesson.
學生不喜歡中文課。
從以上例句，我們知道否定句通常是加上"not"，現在，讓我們深入一些認識構成否定句的方法。
a. 構成否定句的方法：
1. Be 動詞的句型：Be的現在式包括is, am, are, 過去式有was, were, 將來式有will be, shall be。以下是
Be動詞在現在、過去及未來這三種時態之肯定句例句。
The table is big.
桌子大。
John was happy yesterday.
約翰昨天很高興。
Peter will be disappointed tomorrow.
彼得明天將會失望。
若把上述三句肯定句轉為否定句，只要在適當之地方加上"not"字便可。如下：
The table is not big.
桌子不大。
John was not happy yesterday.
約翰昨天不高興。
Peter will not be disappointed tomorrow.
彼得明天不會失望。
由此可見，"Be"動詞轉為否定句時，一般是把"not"字加在Be後面，如is not, am not, were not, 但在將來
時態時，則will/shall+not +be如：
Peter will+not +be disappointed.

** DAY 30 **
2. 助動詞(e.g. can, must)的句型。助動詞(modal)包括must, will, can等字。以下是一些有助動詞之例句。
(1) John can speak Japanese fluently.
約翰能操流利之日語。
David must work hard or he will fail in the test.
大衛一定要努力溫習，否則測驗會不及格。
以上兩例句均是肯定句，若把它轉為否定句，則在助動詞後加上not，如下:
John cannot speak Japanese.
約翰不能說日語。
David must not play too much or he will fail the test.
大衛不能終日玩耍否則測驗會不及格。
留意cannot是一個字，不可寫作can not.

** DAY 31 **
3. 一般動詞的句型(除了Be 動詞和助動詞modal)以下是一些用現在式動詞之肯定句。
Tom goes to school every day.
湯姆每天去上學。
Peter likes soccer very much.
彼得非常喜歡足球。
The children swim every week.
孩子們每週均游泳。
Henry has many brothers.
享利有很多兄弟。
現在式否定句是do/does+not+verb.如下：
Tom does not go to school every day.
湯姆不是每天去上學。
Peter does not like soccer.
彼得不喜歡足球。
The children do not swim every week. They swim every day.
孩子們不是每週游泳，是每天。
Henry does not have many brothers.
享利沒有很多兄弟。
上述可見，在單數(singular)的時候，用does+not+verb。在複數(plural)時，用do+not+verb，現在看看
一些過去式句子之肯定句。
(1) Susan went to the zoo yesterday.
58
蘇珊昨天去動物園。
(2) Sam played squash last week.
阿森上週打壁球。
過去式否定句是用did+not+verb. 如下：
(1) Susan did not go to the zoo yesterday.
蘇珊昨天沒有去動物園。
(2) Sam did not play squash last week.
阿森上週沒有打壁球。
上述可見，過去式否定句是用did not，再加上動詞之原本形態(現在式)。
4. 其他
上述所提及的有Be動詞，助動詞現在式動詞和過去式動詞之否定句結構形態，至於其他句子，一般也是
跟助動詞否定句之結構方式一樣，如下：
肯定句：
Tom had finished the homework.
湯美已完成功課。
否定句：
Tom had not finished the homework.
湯美還未完成功課。
肯定句：
The children may go.
孩子們可能去。
否定句：
The children may not go.
孩子們可能不去。
b.否定句之縮寫方法：(contraction )
is not - isn't
are not - aren't
was not - wasn't
were not - weren't
will not - won't
shall not - shan't
should not - shouldn't
could not - couldn't
do not - don't
does not - doesn't
did not - didn't
cannot - can't
C. 否定句中not的特別用法：
1. 用於否定句中一部分的句型：
I hate not him but you.
我討厭的不是他，是你。
Sam went there in March, not in April.
阿森三月去的，不是四月。
Betty loves Bill not because he is rich, but because he is honest.
彼提喜歡比爾不是因為他富有，只是因為他誠實。
2. 用於強調反對的句型：
Not many of them believed her promise.
他們當中很少人相信她的承諾。
Not many students go abroad nowadays.
當今很少學生到國外去。

** DAY 32 **
d. 否定句中除not以外表示否定意義的單字：
1. Neither(代名詞)：意思是" 兩者…都不 "
(1) Neither of them drinks beer.
他們沒有人飲酒。
(2) Neither book gives the explanation.
沒有一本書有解釋。
(3) Neither you nor I am invited to the wedding.
你和我均沒有被邀請去婚宴。
注意：
59
用neither時，動詞是用單數(singular)的，若像(3)，動詞則跟距離動詞最近的一個名詞。
2. no 與 none.
no(形容詞)與none(代名詞)可與肯定動詞(在句中含肯定意義的動詞叫肯定動詞)如have, has共用以表
示否定；因此它們是與"否定動詞"(在句中含否定意義的動詞叫否定動詞)如haven't , didn't +any同義的用
法：
I have no oranges. = I haven't any oranges.
Jack has none.= Jack hasn't any.
They took no photos. = They didn't take any photos.
I know none of them. = I didn't know any of them.
3. little 與 few:
little 與 few 表示數量(目)之少(小)或是缺乏，而含有幾乎是否定的語意：little 用於不可數之名
詞(uncountable nouns)，few則用於可數之名詞(countable nouns.)
There is little danger of a fire = There isn't much/There is hardly any danger, etc.
火警之危險是極少的。
Few places have such tall trees = Not many / Hardly any places have such tall trees.
只有很少地方有如此高大的樹。
以上例句之用法主要用在寫作方面，(或許是因為在會話時little及few容易被誤聽為a little / a few 的緣
故。)因此，在一般會話時，little及few 通常被hardly any 或 not+much /many 所取代：
I got little = I got hardly any = I didn't get much.
我有的不多。
Few students know that = Hardly any students know that=Not many students know that.
很少學生知道那件事。
但little及few如被very, too, so, extremely, relatively等字所修飾時，則比較能更自由的使用：
We have so few technicians that the machines are not serviced properly.
技術員太少，機器得不到適當的保養。
e. 其他一些帶有否定意義的單字的句子：
She has never been abroad.
她從沒有到外地。
Nobody spoke to him in the train.
火車上沒有人跟他談話。
There is nothing wrong with my car.
我的汽車沒有問題。

** DAY 33 **
Exercise 1
把括號內的單字，放入句中適當的位置：
1. Miss Washington is an American movie star.(not)
Answer: Miss Washington is not an American movie star.
2. There is some cloud in the sky.(no)
Answer: There is no cloud in the sky.
3. I have been to Paris before.(never)
Answer: I have never been to Paris before.
4. She will invite me to the evening party.(not)
Answer: She will not invite me to the evening party.
5. You must turn left at the end of the road.(not)
Answer: You must not turn left at the end of the road.

Exercise 2
使用not將下列句子改為否定句：
1. He lives with his brother.
Answer: He does not live with his brother./He doesn't live with his brother.
2. She may come into the office.
Answer: She may not come into the office.
3. John went back early yesterday.
Answer: John did not go back early yesterday./John didn't go back early yesterday.
4. There are three bookstores in the city.
Answer: There are not three bookstores in the city./There aren't three bookstores in the city.
5. They write letters to their relatives.
Answer: They do not write letters to their relatives./They don't write letters to their relativ
es.

60
Exercise 3
把下列各句改為縮寫否定句：
1. There are not any people in the office.
Answer: There aren't any people in the office.
2. Summer is not very hot in Moscow.
Answer: Summer isn't very hot in Moscow.
3. She would not go there.
Answer: She wouldn't go there.
4. He does not live in Tokyo.
Answer: He doesn't live in Tokyo.
5. They did not attend the meeting yesterday.
Answer: They didn't attend the meeting yesterday.
6. I was not there last night.
Answer: I wasn't there last night.
7. They were not at home last Sunday.
Answer: They weren't at home last Sunday.
8. I do not like him.
Answer: I don't like him.
9. She will not come tomorrow.
Answer: She won't come tomorrow.
10. I cannot speak German.
Answer: I can't speak German.
11. She could not eat anything.
Answer: She couldn't eat anything.

Exercise 4
把下列英文單字按中文意思重新排列成句子：
1. (湯姆不喝啤酒)
beer, does, drink, Tom, not
Answer: Tom does not drink beer.
2. (車站裡沒有任何人。)
at, any, the bus stop, people, there, weren't
Answer: There weren't any people at the bus stop.
3. (在此處不能大聲喧嘩。)
not, you , a big noise, must, make, here
Answer: You must not make a big noise here.
4. (辨公室裡沒有人。)
in, there, was, the office, no one
Answer: There was no one in the office.

Exercise 5
將括號內的單字加在句子中適當的位置，並依中文將句子完成：
1. 我認為學生們不會準時來。
I think the students will come on time.(don't)
Answer: I don't think the students will come on time.
2. 他連鋼琴都不會彈，更別說是個鋼琴家了。
He is pianist.(no)
Answer: He is no pianist.
3. 我們不能常常稱讚那個女孩子。
We cannot praise the girl much.(too)
Answer: We can't praise the girl too much./We cannot praise the girl too much.

Exercise 6
在括號內填入適當的字，並依中文將句子完成：
1. 她只穿了一件舊上衣。
She wore ( a )( b ) an old jacket.
Answer: a. nothing b. but
2. 她說的故事不符合事實。
Her story is ( a )( b ) truth.
Answer: a. far b. from
3. 他們在一起玩遊戲總會吵架。
61
They ( a ) play together ( b ) quarrelling.
Answer: a. cannot b. without

Exercise 7
在括號內填入適當的單字，使各組句子的語意相同：
1. Mrs. Smith speaks neither Spanish nor Portuguese.
Mrs. Smith doesn't speak ( a )Spanish ( b ) Portuguese.
Answer: a. either b. or
2. We won't visit any of those cities.
We will visit ( ) of those cities.
Answer: none
3. I know one of her daughters, but I don't know the other.
I don't know ( ) of her daughters.
Answer: one
4. I'm usually at home with my wife on Sundays, but sometimes we're out.
We're ( a ) ( b ) at home on Sun-days.
Answer: a. not b. always

Exercise 8
從下列單字中選出適當的字填入括號中：
% a. neither
% b. nobody
% c. never
% d. nothing
% e. no
1. John drinks ( ) wine nor beer.
Answer: a
2. I have ( ) money in my pocket.
Answer: e
3. She ( ) tells a lie.
Answer: c
4.They gave me( )on my birthday.
Answer: d
5. ( ) is absent today.
Answer: b

** DAY 34 **
N. TENSE
動詞時態
動詞是表示動作，行為變化的詞；動作，行為可以是現在，過去或將來的，在過去、現在和將來中，又可
再把該動作細分。如，在進行中，或已經完成等。為了便於記憶，我們把常用的十二種時態構成列表如下：
動詞時態構成表
時間／狀態 simple
+--------- +--------+
| |Simple |
|Present|Present |
| |tense |
+-------+--------+
| |Simple |
|Past |past |
| |tense |
+-------+--------+
| |Simple |
|Future |future |
| |tense |
+-------+--------+
+-------+--------+
|時間／ |Conti- |
| 狀態|nuous |
+-------+--------+
| |Present |
62
|Present|continuo-
| |us tense|
+-------+--------+
| |Past |
|Past |continuo-
| |us tense|
+-------+--------+
| |Future |
|Future |continuo-
| |us tense|
+-------+--------+
+--------+-------+
|時間／ |Perfect|
| 狀態| |
+--------+-------+
| |Present|
|Present |Perfect|
| |tense |
+--------+-------+
| | Past |
|Past |perfect|
| |tense |
+--------+-------+
| |Future |
|Future |perfect|
| |tense |
+--------+-------+
+-------+--------+
|時間／ |Perfect |
| 狀態|continuo-
| |us |
+-------+--------+
| |Present |
|Present|perfect |
| |continuo-
| |us tense|
+-------+--------+
| |Past |
| |perfect |
| Past |continuo-
| |us tense|
+-------+--------+
| |Future |
| |perfect |
|Future |continuo-
| |us tense|
+-------+--------+
這樣它們就構成下列十二種動詞時態：
a. 一般現在時態(Simple present tense)
b. 一般過去時態(Simple past tense)
c. 一般將來時態(Simple future tense)
d. 現在進行時態(Present continuous tense)
e. 過去進行時態(Past continuous tense)
f. 將來進行時態(Future continuous tense)
g. 現在完成時態(Present perfect tense)
h. 過去完成時態(Past perfect tense)
i. 將來完成時態(Future perfect tense)
j. 現在完成進行時態(Present perfect continuous tense)
k. 過去完成進行時態(Past perfect continuous tense)
l. 將來完成進行時態(Future perfect continuous tense)
動詞時態的用法(Usage of tense of verbs):
63
a. 一般現在時態(Simple present tense):
〈1〉 用來表示經常性的習慣性動作，客觀存在的事實。在此種時態句中常有"always", "often", "usually"等
詞。
〈2〉 用來表示在報紙，電台或信件中談及的某事。
Examples:
<1> He likes fish.
他喜歡魚。
Peter often sleeps late at night.
彼德經常很晚才睡覺。
I usually go to school at 7:30 am.
我常常早晨七點半上學。
<2> The radio says that it will be fine tomorrow.
電台報導明天天氣將會放晴。
Tony says in his letter that he has got used to the life in Britain.
東尼在信中說他已適應英國之生活。
b. 一般過去時態(Simple past tense):
表示在過去某一時間發生的動作、行為。這時句中常有表示過去某確切時間的副詞。如：yesterday, just now,
last term, last month, this morning, a moment ago, five minutes ago等。

** DAY 35 **
c. 一般將來時態(Simple future tense.)
〈1〉 用來表示將來習慣性動作、行為，其構成形式為：
+----------------+
| shall/will + |
| 動詞原形 |
+----------------+
〈2〉習慣上，shall用於第一人稱，will用於第二、第三人稱，現代英語中，will可用於各種人稱。
〈3〉 在此種句中常用 maybe, perhaps 和表示將來時間的副詞，如tomorrow, next week, in half an hour,
next Sunday等。
Examples:
Tom #will go# to school tomorrow.
明天湯姆將上學讀書。
I #shall visit# the factory.
我將參觀那座工廠。
Now, you are 23. You #will graduate # from the school when you are 25.
現在你23歲，你大學畢業時將25歲了。
d. 現在進行時態(Present continuous tense):
〈1〉 表示說話時還在進行的動作和狀態。
〈2〉 其構成是由助動詞
+----------------+
| to be +動詞的 |
| ing 形式 |
+----------------+
這裡 to be 有人稱的變化。
〈3〉 在現在進行時態句中，我們常見到這些時間副詞如：now, today, at the moment 或 at present.
〈4〉 它與一般現在時態的區別在於一般現在時態被用來表示總是經常或有規律地發生的動作或行為。而現在進
行時態表示現在進行的動作或行為。
Examples:
I#'m doing# my homework now.
(我現在正在做家庭作業。)
John#'s washing# his hands at the moment.
(約翰當時正在洗手。)
They#'re playing# football at present.
(他們正在踢足球。)
〈5〉 一般動詞能表示進行狀態，但是下列表示感觀的動詞不能用進行式，即使它表示的動作是現在正在進行。
如：
hear (I hear the students singing.)
(我聽到那些學生在唱歌。)
think (many people think that English is important in Hong Kong.)
(很多人認為英文在香港是很重要的。)
see (I see Mary crossing the road.)
64
(我看見瑪麗橫過馬路。)
taste (The apple tastes sour.)
(那蘋果很酸。)
know (They know what to do.)
(他們知道要做什麼。)
love (George loves his cat.)
(George 十分喜愛他的貓。)
like (Daisy likes dancing.)
(Daisy 喜歡跳舞。)
還有 notice, hate, agree, disagree, want, look, seem, have, hope.

** DAY 36 **
e. 過去進行時態(Past continuous tense):
〈1〉 表示過去某一時刻正在進行的動作。
〈2〉 表示過去較長一段時間內正在進行的動作。
〈3〉 其構成是：助動詞 to be 的過去式was/were +動詞的ing形式。其中 am (is) => was ，are => were.
〈4〉 在這種句中，常有表示過去時間的副詞或副詞子句如：yesterday, yesterday afternoon, last night,
all morning, when you called me 等。
Examples:
〈1〉 I was having a bath when the door bell rang last night.
昨晚門鈴響的時候，我正在洗澡。
Lisa #was drying# her hair when I visited her yesterday.
昨天我拜訪瑪麗時，她正在吹髮。
〈2〉 Peter was watching television all morning.
彼德整個早上在看電視。
They #were playing# volleyball all morning.
他們整個上午在打排球。
f. 將來進行時態(Future continuous tense):
〈1〉 表示在將來某一時間正在進行的動作、行為。
〈2〉 將來進行時態由
+----------------+
|will/shall +be +|
| 動詞的ing |
+----------------+
形式構成。一般情況下，will 用二、三人稱。shall 用於第一人稱。
〈3〉 在將來進行時態句中，常有表示將來時間的副詞或副詞子句。如：next weekend, in a few minutes, th
is evening, tonight, next year, when you return等。
Examples:
〈1〉 I #will be playing# tennis at 8 o'clock tomorrow morning.
明天早上八點鐘我將正在打網球。
〈2〉 I will be working in that factory tomorrow afternoon.
明天下午我將正在那個工廠上班。

Exercise 1
把下列各題填上適當答案。
Examples:
He #loves# (love) his parents.
They #love# (love) their parents.
She #does not watch# (not watch) TV at night.
1. Mr. Smith # # (teach) me French and I enjoy the class very much.
Answer: teaches
2. The children like to # # (play) with their toys after finishing their homework.
Answer: play
3. Those men# #(not drink) beer every day.
Answer: do not drink/don't drink
4. # a # monkeys # b # (climb) trees?
Answer: a. Do b. climb
5. Cecilia is very quiet. She often # # (stay) at home on holidays.
Answer: stays
6. The boy often # # (play) football in this court.
Answer: plays
65
7. My brother # # (not ride) to school every day.
Answer: does not ride/doesn't ride
8. # a # Albert # b # (speak) French?
Answer: a. Does b. speak
9. My students # # (like) this book very much.
Answer: like
10. That book # # (say) that excessive smoking can cause lung cancer.
Answer: says

Exercise 2
試把下列各題填上適當答案。
Example:
He saw (see) the film last night.
She didn't open (not open) the window this morning.
1. Linda # # (go) to Beijing last month.
Answer: went
2. They # # (make) a model plane yesterday.
Answer: made
3. We # # (not go) to work this morning.
Answer: did not go/didn't go
4. The train # # (arrive) here a short time ago.
Answer: arrived
5. The lights # # (not go) out last night.
Answer: did not go/didn't go
6. They # # (find) a cave at the foot of the hill yesterday.
Answer: found
7. A dog # # (bite) me in the leg a moment ago.
Answer: bit
8. Mrs. Tang # # (not teach) us physics last term.
Answer: did not teach/didn't teach
9. # a # you # b # (lose) my book yesterday?
Answer: a. Did b. lose
10. The cup # a # (break) when she # b # (drop) it just now.
Answer: a. broke b. dropped

Exercise 3
試把下列各題填上適當答案。
Examples:
We will/shall go (go) to school tomorrow.
Perhaps Dick will meet (meet) us tomorrow.
1. I # # (be) fourteen years old in October.
Answer: shall be/will be
2. If John comes home late, he # # (miss) dinner.
Answer: will miss
3. When # a # you # b # (call) me tonight?
Answer: a. will b. call
4. # a # we # b # (cut) down this tree?
Answer: a. Shall/Will b. cut
5. # a # she # b # (get) well soon?
Answer: a. Will b. get
6. Mary # # (not do) it again.
Answer: won't do/will not do
7. The dog # # (bite) you if you kick it.
Answer: will bite
8. The children # # (clean) up this room tomorrow.
Answer: will clean
9. If you ask Maria, she may # # (tell) you the story.
Answer: tell
10. My father, perhaps # # (buy) this car for me.
Answer: will buy

66
Exercise 4.1
試在下列各題填上適當之答案。
Examples:
They are reading (read) in the classroom.
They are not talking (not talk) in the classroom.
1. The train # # (leave) the station now.
Answer: is leaving
2. They # # (watch) TV now.
Answer: are watching
3. Look! The sun # # (rise) above the sea.
Answer: is rising
4. The girl # # (read) a book in her bed.
Answer: is reading
5. Wang Mei # # (not listen) to the teacher. She is talking to Mr. Zhang.
Answer: is not listening/isn't listening
6. She # # (type) at present.
Answer: is typing
7. The bus # # still # # (move). Don't get down from it.
Answer: is moving
8. The worker # # (check) the machine now.
Answer: is checking
9. The boy # # (smile) at me.
Answer: is smiling
10. The family # # (watch) TV now.
Answer: are watching

Exercise 4.2
試在下列各題填上適當之答案。
Examples:
I work (work) every day.
I am working (work) now.
1. Keep your voice down. The baby # # (sleep).
Answer: is sleeping
2. Look out! A car # # (come) towards you.
Answer: is coming
3. Betty # # (sing) very well.
Answer: sings
4. Frogs # # (live) in wet places.
Answer: live
5. Wait a moment, please. Mr. Brown # # (make) a phone call just now.
Answer: is making
6. You cannot have the story book now as little Jong # # (read) it.
Answer: is reading
7. Whenever Grandmother # # (come) to see us, she brings a cake.
Answer: comes
8. I # # (wait) for my young brother.
Answer: am waiting
9. Look! The monkey # # (dance).
Answer: is dancing
10. Paul usually # # (do) his homework after dinner.
Answer: does

Exercise 5.1
試在下列各題填上適當答案。
Example:
I was painting (paint) my room when the door-bell rang.
1. The baby # # (cry) all yesterday morning.
Answer: was crying
2. I # # (sing) while father was reading the magazine.
Answer: was singing
3. When it rained yesterday, I # # (cross) the road.
67
Answer: was crossing
4.The two brothers # # (fight) all day yesterday.
Answer: were fighting
5. The students # # (study) after school all yesterday afternoon.
Answer: were studying
6. Nancy # # (talk) to her friend the whole lesson.
Answer: was talking
7. Tammy # # write) a letter to her friend when I called her up yesterday morning.
Answer: was writing
8. Mr. Poon # # (scold) a student when the bell rang.
Answer: was scolding
9. Mother # # (wash) the dishes when the light suddenly went out last night.
Answer: was washing
10. Peter # # (sleep) when the fire broke out yesterday afternoon.
Answer: was sleeping

Exercise 5.2
試在下列各題填上適當之答案。
Examples:
Sam #came# (come) back from China yesterday.
Bobby #was cleaning# (clean) his car when Jack saw him yesterday morning.
1. The dogs # # (bark) all day yesterday, so I could not fall asleep.
Answer: were barking
2. I # # (choose) a new dress when Melissa saw me.
Answer: was choosing
3. David # # (go) to a movie last night.
Answer: went
4. Mr. Ng # a # (lose) his watch and he # b # (look) for it the whole morning.
Answer: a. lost b. was looking
5. Linda # # (like) singing very much.
Answer: likes
6. Billy # # (do) push-ups the whole morning.
Answer: was doing
7. The students # # (talk) when the principal went into the class room.
Answer: were talking
8. Monica # # (mend) her dress when his father returned home last night.
Answer: was mending
9. The competition # # (begin) at 9:00 this morning.
Answer: began
10. Doris # # (graduate) in 1990.
Answer: graduated

Exercise 6
試在下列各題填上正確之答案。
Examples:
She (wait) will be waiting for you at the gate after school.
1. Peter (play) # # tennis at 7 o'clock tomorrow morning.
Answer: will be playing
2. Hansen (teach) # # History at 8:30 tomorrow morning.
Answer: will be teaching
3. The day after tomorrow, we (decorate) # # the Christmas tree in Tom's room.
Answer: will be decorating/shall be decorating
4. Mr. Chan (teach) # # at 2:00 this afternoon.
Answer: will be teaching
5. My sister (take) # # the photographs at the wedding tomorrow at 7:00.
Answer: will be taking
6. David (swim) # # in a beach at this time of the day tomorrow.
Answer: will be swimming
7. Mable (study) # # in the U.K. at the end of year.
Answer: will be studying
8. Mother (cook) # # at 8 o'clock tonight.
Answer: will be cooking
9. I (jog) # # at 6 o'clock tomorrow morning.
Answer: will be jogging
10. They (dance) # # in the Annual Ball tonight at 8:00.

68
Answer: will be dancing

** DAY 37 **
g. 現在完成時態(Present perfect tense):
〈1〉 表示動作、行為過去已開始，且持續到現在。此時，在句中我們常用表時間的連詞"since"和"for"。
〈2〉 表示動作行為剛發生，但沒有確切的時間。此時，在句中我們常用表時間的副詞。如：just, recently, e
ver, never, before, lately等，還有already 用於肯定句，yet 用於否定句和問句中。
〈3〉 現在完成時態用
+----------------+
|has/have + 動詞 |
| 的過去分詞構成 |
+----------------+
has 用於第三人稱單數。have 用於其他各人稱。動詞的過去分詞一般是在動詞原形基礎上 +ed 或 d,但也有不
規則的，不規則的將在後面用表列出。
Examples:
〈1〉 Andrew and I　have known each　other since we　were in primary　school. (Andrew　and I kne
w each other when we were in primary school, and now we still know each other.)
Andrew 與我自小學便已認識。
〈2〉 He has been here for two days. (He came here two days ago, and now he is still here.)
他來了這兒已有兩天。
〈3〉 Tom has just talked to his friend.
Tom 剛與他的朋友交談。
〈4〉 Peter has already finished his project.
Peter 已經完成他的報告。
h. 過去完成時態(Past perfect tense):
〈1〉 當比較過去已發生的兩個動作時，先發生的一個動作則用past perfect tense。
〈2〉 一個人在直述句中用了過去式，在複述(lndirect speech)他的話語時，則用past perfect tense.
〈3〉 過去完成時態用：
+----------------+
|had+動詞過去分詞|
|(past participle)
+----------------+
〈4〉 在此種句中，我們能常見到下列這些表時間的單詞和從句，如：just, already, yet, before, ...when
the gun fired 等。
Examples:
(1) After Tom had got his first degree, he went to the States to further his studies.
(Tom 取了學士學位後，便去美國深造。)
By the end of last year, I'd studied for 10 years.
(到去年底為止，我唸書已經十年了。)
(2) I #had just locked# the door. Mander had shut the window already.
曼德已把窗戶關上。
John said, "I forgot to bring my umbrella this morning."
=> John said that he had forgotten to bring his umbrella that morning.
約翰說他那天早上忘記帶傘了。

** DAY 38 **
i. 將來完成時態(Future perfect tense):
〈1〉 表示在將來某一時間某一動作行為將被完成。
〈2〉 將來完成時態用：
+----------------+
| shall/will + |
| have + P.P. |
+----------------+
(p.p. = past participle)
〈3〉 在此種句中常出現表將來時間的副詞或副詞子句。如：by the weekend, by the end of the term, befo
re his mother leaves等。
Examples:
〈1〉 John will have completed his studies by the end of next year.
到明年年底，約翰將完成他的學業。
We#'ll have left# for work by that time.
到那時，我們將已離開家去工作。
69
〈2〉 They #will have done# all their homework when their father comes home.
當父親回家時他們已完成家庭作業。
Jane will have finished her homework before her father returns.
阿珍在她父親回來前，將已完成作業。
j. 現在完成進行時態(Present perfect continuous tense):
〈1〉 表示動作、行為過去開始，持續到現在，且可能持續到將來。
〈2〉 現在完成進行時態由 has/have + been + 動詞的現在分詞構成(v +ing)。
〈3〉 在這種句中常出現引導時間副詞或副詞子句的有 since 和 for 。
Examples:
Winnie has been studying Spanish for three months.
Winnie 學西班牙語已經有三個月了。(她有可能會繼續學的)
The police has been chasing the thief for the past three hours.
警方已追捕那匪徒三個小時了。
Mr. Wang #has been teaching# in our school since 1980.
王先生自1980年以來就在這個學校任教。

Exercise 7
試在下列各題中，填上正確之答案。
Example:
David has gone (go) to Taiwan for two years.
1. I'm sorry. I # # (not send) the letter yet.
Answer: have not sent
2. "Please keep quiet! Lesson # # " (already begin)
Answer: has already begun
3. The children # # (grow) a lot since we last saw them.
Answer: have grown
4. I # # (already do) a lot of exercises. I am exhausted now.
Answer: have already done
5. Peter # # (be) here for 4 hours.
Answer: has been
6. They # # (draw) the picture since this morning.
Answer: have drawn
7. The teacher # # (repeat) this point for four times.
Answer: has repeated
8. The baby # # (just fall) asleep.
Answer: has just fallen
9. Tammy # # (already swim) for two hours.
Answer: has already swum
10. Michael # # (leave) for Singapore since 1977.
Answer: has left

Exercise 8
根據所給動詞，輸入正確答案。
Example:
Mary had lived (live) in this flat for ten years.
1. I # # (not send) the letter when I arrived home yesterday.
Answer: hadn't sent/had not sent
2. # a # he # b # (break) the windows when his mother arrived?
Answer: a. Had b. broken
3. # a # the fire # b # (destroy) the whole building?
Answer: a. Had b. destroyed
4. The workers # # (not build) the house yet when the typhoon came.
Answer: hadn't built/had not built
5. I # # (not learn) French before.
Answer: hadn't learned/had not learned/hadn't learnt/had not learnt
6. She bought the skirt after she # # (try) it on.
Answer: had tried
7. My mother # # (not give) any money to me before I was five.
Answer: hadn't given/had not given
8. The girl # # (read) the book for an hour when her brother telephoned her.
Answer: had read/had been reading
70
9. The rain # # (stop) when she woke up.
Answer: had stopped
10. The bird # # (fly) away before the gun fired.
Answer: had flown
11. Mary said that she # # (lose) her bag the previous day.
Answer: had lost

Exercise 9
試給下題給出正確的答案。
Examples:
I'll have eaten (eat) this food in five minutes.
我將在五分鐘之內吃完這些東西。
When we come back, they will have gone (go) to sleep.
當我們回來時，他們將全睡覺去了。
1. Wendy # # (draw) the picture for the competition by next week.
Answer: will have drawn
2. By next Sunday, Pamela # # (finish) 6 reports.
Answer: will have finished
3. They # # (watch) that programme twice by the end of this week.
Answer: will have watched
4. Edmund is absent-minded. He # # (forget) your name by the time he meets you next time.
Answer: will have forgotten
5. "I # # (go) by 6 o'clock. So, be sure you'll come before 6."
Answer: will have gone
6. James # # (leave) Hong Kong by 2008 because he'll further his studies then.
Answer: will have left
7. Anita # # (recover) from her illness when she starts her concert next month.
Answer: will have recovered
8. George # # (prepare) himself well for the questions when the time comes for his job int
erview.
Answer: will have prepared
9. By the end of this semester, I # # (read) five books of Charles Dickens.
Answer: will have read
10. By the end of next month, I # # (work) here for five years.
Answer: will have worked/will have been working

Exercise 10
下列各題，請填上適當之答案。
Examples:
She has been sleeping (sleep) for the past two hours.
她已睡了兩個小時。
I have been looking (look) for my purse since I lost it last week.
上星期失掉錢包後，我就一直在找尋。
1. Tom # # (listen) to the radio for hours.
Answer: has been listening
2. Tony # # (travel) to Thailand every Christmas for the past seven years.
Answer: has been travelling
3. Mary is a diligent student. She # # (do) her revision for the past seven hours.
Answer: has been doing
4. For weeks, they # # (learn) how to drive.
Answer: have been learning
5. We # # (sing) in the Community Choir all morning.
Answer: have been singing
6. It # # (rain) since three o'clock this afternoon.
Answer: has been raining
7. Lucy # # (collect) stamps since she was six years old.
Answer: has been collecting
8. Polly # # (swim) for three hours.
Answer: has been swimming
9. The servant # # (sweep) the floors for 20 minutes.
Answer: has been sweeping
71
10. The children # # (play) soccer the whole P.E. lesson yesterday.
Answer: have been playing

** DAY 39 **
k. 過去完成進行時態(Past perfect continuous tense):
〈1〉 表示從過去某一時間開始且持續到過去另一時間的行為或動作。
〈2〉 過去完成進行時態:
+----------------+
| had been + 動詞|
| 現在分詞(v+ing)|
+----------------+
〈3〉 在此種句中，我們常用 before, when 等引導的片語或子句。
Examples:
Susan had been learning violin for three years before last winter.
去年冬天以前，Susan 學拉小提琴已三年了。
Tom had been watching TV for 6 hours before his father returned home last night.
昨晚 Tom 的父親回家時，Tom 已看電視看了六小時。
Peter had been diving for an hour when I arrived at the beach.
當我到達沙灘時，彼德已潛水一個小時了。
l. 將來完成進行時態(Future perfect continuous tense):
〈1〉 表示某一動作或行為會持續到將來某一時間。
〈2〉 其構成形式為
+----------------+
| shall/will + |
| have been+v+ing|
+----------------+
〈3〉 在將來完成進行式句中，我們常用for 引導一個副詞，表示動作持續的一段時間，用 by 引導副詞表示
動作持續到某時間點。
Examples:
By the time you arrive at the destination, we will have been waiting for you for three hours.
在你到達目的地時，我們將已等你等了三個小時。
By eleven o'clock tonight, my family will have been playing mahjong for five hours.
到今晚11點，我的家人將已打麻將打了五個小時。
Mr. Howe will have been working in this company for five years by the end of next month.
到下個月底止，豪先生將在這個公司工作五年了。

Exercise 11
下列各題，請填上適當之答案。
Examples:
The beggar had been sleeping (sleep) in the street for five months before the social welfare de
partment offered her a flat.
那乞丐在社會福利署給他一住所前已在街頭露宿了五個月。
Many people believed that the accident had happened because the driver had been driving reckles
sly.
大部分人相信那宗意外起因是由於司機不小心駕駛。
1. She # #(read) the interesting book all yesterday morning.
Answer: had been reading
2. Many residents # # (complain) about the noise so the authority concerned finally took ac
tion.
Answer: had been complaining
3. They # # (practise) the dance for weeks when the principal decided to call off their pe
rformance in the variety show.
Answer: had been practising
4. # # (you talk) with him on phone before he was admitted to hospital?
Answer: Had you been talking/Had you talked/Did you talk
5. I # # (fish) for five hours when my friend, John, met me.
Answer: had been fishing
6. Danny # # (design) the front cover of the book since he got up at 7 o'clock this mornin
g.
Answer: had been designing
7. Ted # # (write) the letter since he woke up at 8 o'clock yesterday morning.
72
Answer: had been writing
8. Tony # # (wait) for Mary for two hours when Mary finally appeared at 4 o'clock.
Answer: had been waiting
9. We # # (not study) hard before exam., so, we were not shocked at our scores.
Answer: hadn't studied/had not studied
10. Paul # # (not check) the alarm clock before he left for England last week.
Answer: hadn't checked/had not checked

Exercise 12
試在下列各題填上適當之答案。
Examples:
I (dance) shall have been dancing in the City Hall for six years by the end of next year.
1. Bob will be able to go to Japan next year since by that time, he (save) # # up for thre
e years.
Answer: will have been saving
2. By the time my father retires, he (work) # # for his company for 20 years.
Answer: will have been working
3. Tommy (run) # # for 30 minutes by the time you tell him to stop.
Answer: will have been running
4. She (take) # # part in the singing contest for seven years by next year.
Answer: will have been taking
5. The students (study) # # English for ten years by the time they graduate next year.
Answer: will have been studying
6.By 1996, Johnson (be) # # a dancer for 5 years.
Answer: will have been
7. When you finally get this puzzle done, you (do) # # it for two hours.
Answer: will have been doing
8. By the time Mr. Kwok retires, he (teach) # # for 30 years.
Answer: will have been teaching
9. By next year, our family (live) # # in Italy for ten years.
Answer: will have been living
10. Matthew (play) # # the T.V. games for 5 hours by 4 o'clock this afternoon.
Answer: will have been playing

** DAY 40 **
Exercise 13
Ex. on all tenses:
In each of the following questions, choose the best answer.
Example:
Rosie # C # that magazine for hours, hasn't she finished it yet?
A. read
B. is reading
C. has been reading
D. was reading
1. # # to the radio the whole afternoon?
A. Was he listening
B. Has she been sleeping
C. Had he been listening
D. Will she be sleeping
Answer: C
2. Kathy # # matches for two years.
A. collected
B. is collecting
C. has been collecting
D. collects
Answer: C
3. Joe # # there for 2 hours.
A. had been sitting
B. has been sitting
C. sits
D. is sitting
73
Answer: B
4. Tina # # the pictures for 3 hours by tonight.
A. will have been painting
B. paints
C. will paint
D. is going to paint
Answer: A
5. As a result of his hardworking, he finally # # a distinction.
A. will have been getting
B. is getting
C. got
D. had been getting
Answer: C
6. Tommy # # his homework for 2 hours when he was asked to buy some food by his father.
A. is doing
B. had been doing
C. will have been doing
D. does
Answer: B
7. "My secretary # # that letter since 8 this morning!"
A. will have typed
B. types
C. has been typing
D. typed
Answer: C
8. If my parents had had a lot of money then, they # # me to a famous university.
A. had sent
B. sent
C. would have sent
D. had been sending
Answer: C
9. My sister # # to study in Scotland next term.
A. had been going
B. goes
C. will
D. is going
Answer: D
10. Lily # # for 15 minutes.
A. will be reading
B. reads
C. has been reading
D. is reading
Answer: C
11. If I had had more money with me when I was on holiday, I # # more souvenirs. (紀念品)
A. would buy
B. could have bought
C. have bought
D. will buy
Answer: B
12. If you # # as the class monitor, would you be happy to carry out your duties?
A. elect
B. will be elected
C. were electing
D. were to be elected
Answer: D
13. Sandra never # # tips.
A. was given
B. gives
C. will give
D. had been given
Answer: B
74
14. The students # # their final project yet. Maybe we should extend the deadline.
A. will not be finishing
B. was finishing
C. hasn't finished
D. won't finish
Answer: C
15. Though many teacher # # me of cheating in the test, I at last proved that they were all
wrong.
A. is suspected
B. had suspected
C. was being suspected
D. suspects
Answer: B
16. Laura # # just # # her project.
A. is ... finishing
B. has ... finished
C. had ... finished
D. is ... finished
Answer: B
17. Lunch # # soon.
A. was served
B. will be served
C. serves
D. is serving
Answer: B
18. Sandy # # tennis with Susan at 10 o'clock.
A. will be playing
B. is playing
C. will play
D. was playing
Answer: A
19. Look over there! A bridge # # by the workers.
A. had built
B. is building
C. is being built
D. built
Answer: C
20. By next year, Henry # # drugs for 2 years.
A. had taken
B. has taken
C. will have been taking
D. would have taken
Answer: C

Exercise 14
Use any appropriate tense of the verbs in brackets.
Example:
The boys are playing soccer right now. They (play) have been playing for almost two hours. They
must be getting tired.
1. Dennis (fix) # a # the roof of his house today, and he (need)# b # some help. Can you help
him?
Answer: a. will fix/is going to fix b. needs
2. I (not hear) # a # the thunder during the storm last night because I (sleep) # b #.
Answer: a. didn't hear/did not hear b. was sleeping
3. My brother and sister (argue) # a # about something when I (walk) # b # into the room.
Answer: a. were arguing b. walked
4. It (snow) # # all day. I wonder when it will stop.
Answer: has been snowing
5. The little boy is dirty from head to foot because he (play) # # in the mud.
Answer: has been playing
6. Class (already begin) # a # by the time I got there, so I (take) # b # a seat in the bac
75
k quietly.
Answer: a. had already begun b. took
7. He (be) # a # a newspaper reporter before he (become) # b # a businessman.
Answer: a. had been b. became
8. Fred (be) # a # at the meeting tomorrow. I think Jane (come) # b # too.
Answer: a. will be b. will come
9. Look at those dark clouds. When class (be) # a # over, it (probably rain) # b #.
Answer: a. is b. will probably rain
10. Don't try to call John at 11:30 tomorrow morning because he (attend) # # class at that
time.
Answer: will be attending
11. My grandfather (never fly) # # in an airplane, and he has no intention of doing so.
Answer: has never flown
12. Jane isn't here. I (wait) # a # for her since noon, but she still (not arrive) # b # ye
t.
Answer: a. have been waiting b. hasn't arrived/has not arrived
13. Right now John (take) # a # a nap. He fell asleep an hour ago. He (sleep) # b # for an
hour.
Answer: a. is taking b. has been sleeping
14. I (never see) # # any of Picasso's Paintings before.
Answer: had never seen
15. I (write) # # to them three times, but I still haven't received a reply.
Answer: have written

** DAY 41 **
Common errors(常犯錯誤)
〈1〉( 〤 ) He often #forget# to do his homework.
( ˇ ) He often #forgets# to do his homework.
注意：
當句中有表示經常性，習慣性的副詞如：often, usually, always時句中時態一般用現在式，且當主語是第三
人稱單數時，動詞也用第三人稱單數。
〈2〉( 〤 ) The dog #barked# all yesterday morning.
( ˇ ) The dog #had been barking# all yesterday morning.
注意：
表示在過去某時一直持續到過去某時的行為或動作時要用過去完成進行式。
〈3〉( 〤 ) I #meet# him yesterday.
( ˇ ) I #met# him yesterday.
表示在過去確切時間中發生的動作，要用過去時態。
〈4〉( 〤 ) When I #arrive#, Tom talked on the phone.
( ˇ ) When I #arrived#, Tom was talking on the phone.
表示過去某時正在進行的動作時，要用過去進行時態。
〈5〉( 〤 ) Tom lives in this city. He #had lived# here for ten years.
( ˇ ) Tom lives in this city. He #has lived (has been# #living)# here for ten years.
注意：
for 與現在完成式連用時表示一段從過去延續到現在的時間；上句中的錯誤在於句子第一部說明Tom現在還住
在這座城市，而後部分卻用了過去完成時態，故錯了。此句還可用現在完成進行式。(has been living.)
〈6〉( 〤 ) When she came back, I #wrote# my letter.
( ˇ ) When she came back, I #had written# my letter.
注意：
上句錯誤在於兩個動作不同時發生，一個動作在前，一個動作在後，write這個動作發生在come之前，前面的
動作用過去完成式(past perfect tense)，而之後的動作用過去式(simple past tense)。
〈7〉( 〤 ) He said he #has been# in England for ten years.
( ˇ ) He said he #had been# in England for ten years.
注意：
當直接引語變成間接引語時，時態要發生變化，原是現在完成式則變為過去完成式。
〈8〉( 〤 ) By the end of next week, I #would have# #been working# here for one year.
( ˇ ) By the end of next week, I #will have been working# here for one year.
注意：
表示到將來某時為止，一直持續的動作要用將來完成進行式。
〈9〉( 〤 ) They #go to# see Mrs. Wang tomorrow.
( ˇ ) They #will go# to see Mrs. Wang tomorrow.
76
注意：
表示將來某種意願或打算時，要用一般將來時態。
〈10〉( 〤 ) It #has rained# last night, for the ground was wet.
( ˇ ) It #had rained# last night, for the ground was wet.
注意：
表示在過去某一時間發生的動作時，一般用過去式或過去完成式，而不用現在式或現在完成式。
附：
常用不規則動詞表。
不規則動詞(irregular verbs)指一些動詞在用法上，從現在式轉為過去式或過去分詞(Participle)時有大的
變化。
arise arising
arose
arisen
be being
was/were
been
bear bearing
bore
borne/born
beat beating
beat
beaten
begin beginning
began
begun
bend bending
bent
bent
bite biting
bit
bitten
break breaking
broke
broken
bring bringing
brought
brought
build building
built
built
burn burning
burnt/
burned
burnt/
burned
buy buying
bought
bought
catch catching
caught
caught
come coming
came
come
cut cutting
cut
cut
dig digging
dug
dug
do doing
77
 did
done
draw drawing
drew
drawn
drink drinking
drank
drunk
drive driving
drove
driven
eat eating
ate
eaten
fall falling
fell
fallen
fight fighting
fought
fought
find finding
found
found
fly flying
flew
flown
forget forgetting
forgot
forgotten
forgive forgiving
forgave
forgiven
get getting
got
got/gotten
give giving
gave
given
go going
went
gone
grow growing
grew
grown
hang hanging
hung
hung
hang hanging
hanged
hanged
hear hearing
heard
heard
hide hiding
hid
hidden/hid
hit hitting
hit
hit
hold holding
held
78
 held
hurt hurting
hurt
hurt
keep keeping
kept
kept
kneel kneeling
knelt/
kneeled
knelt/
kneeled
leave leaving
left
left
let letting
let
let
lie lying
lay
lain
lose losing
lost
lost
put putting
put
put
read reading
read
read
ride riding
rode
ridden
ring ringing
rang
rung
rise rising
rose
risen
run running
ran
run
say saying
said
said
see seeing
saw
seen
sell selling
sold
sold
send sending
sent
sent
sew sewing
sewed
sewn/sewed
shake shaking
shook
shaken
shine shining
79
 shone/
shined
shone/
shined
shoot shooting
shot
shot
show showing
showed
shown/
showed
shut shutting
shut
shut
sing singing
sang
sung
sink sinking
sank/sunk
sunk
sit sitting
sat
sat
sleep sleeping
slept
slept
speak speaking
spoke
spoken
spend spending
spent
spent
stand standing
stood
stood
steal stealing
stole
stolen
strike striking
struck
stricken
swim swimming
swam
swum
take taking
took
taken
teach teaching
taught
taught
tear tearing
tore
torn
tell telling
told
told
think thinking
thought
thought
throw throwing
threw
80
 thrown
wear wearing
wore
worn
win winning
won
won
wind winding
wound
wound
write writing
wrote
written

** DAY 42 **
O. PASSIVE VOICE
被動語態
上一課我們談及了動詞的幾種時態(TENSE)，這一課我們來學習動詞的語態(VOICE)，動詞語態(VOICE)有
主動語態(ACTIVE VOICE)和被動語態(PASSIVE VOICE)之分。主動語態用來表明主詞(SUBJECT)是動作的發出者，
受詞(OBJECT)是動作的對象或承受者。被動語態正好相反，其主詞為動作的對象或承受者。這裡我們主要學習動
詞的被動語態。
Examples:
主動：Tom broke the window.(Active Voice)
湯姆打破了窗戶。
被動：The window was broken by Tom.(Passive Voice)
窗戶被湯姆打破了。
主動：They are repairing the bridge.(Active Voice)
他們正在整修那座橋。
被動：The bridge is being repaired by them.(Passive Voice)
那座橋正被他們整修。
a. 被動語態的構成及主動句變被動句。
1. 主動時式的被動語態是由be加上動詞(Verb)的過去分詞構成即：
be + v. past participle.
其中動詞be有時式變化，其前也可加上助動詞來表示不同的情況。
Examples:
主動：Abe cleaned the car.(Active Voice)
艾伯洗了車。
被動：The car was cleaned by Abe.(Passive Voice)
這輛車被艾伯洗了。
主動：You must open the door.(Active Voice)
你必須把門打開。
被動：The door must be opened.(Passive Voice)
門一定要打開。
主動：You have kept the book for six days.(Active Voice)
你借這本書已六天了。
被動：The book has been kept for six days.(Passive Voice)
這本書已借六天了。
2. 主動句變被動句。
把一個主動句(ACTIVE VOICE)變成被動句(PASSIVE VOICE)我們必須：
(1) 將主動句中的受詞(OBJECT)變成被動句的主詞，將主動句中主語置於介詞"BY"之後作為動作的發出者或
執行者，有時此短語可以省略。
(2) 將主動句中的謂語動詞變為Be+動詞過去分詞(V Past Participle)，有時態變化。
為了便於掌握現簡圖如下：
主動句：Henry(主詞) killed (動詞) a tiger.(受詞)
被動句：A tiger(主詞) was killed (被動) by Henry.(動作發出者)
(3) 為了學習方便現把常見的主動變被動的動詞變化形式列表：(move為例。)
時式(TENSE)主動語態-被動語態
Simple Present moves - is moved
Simple Past moved - was moved
Present Continuous is moving - is being moved
Past Continuous was moving - was being moved
81
Present Perfect has moved - has been moved
Past Perfect had moved - had been moved
Future will move - will be moved
Conditional would move - would be moved
Past Conditional would have moved - would have been moved
Infinitive to move - to be moved
Perfect Infinitive to have moved - to have been moved
Gerund moving - being moved
Gerund having moved - having been moved

** DAY 43 **
b. 被動語態的使用場合：
1. 很難或無法知道動作的執行者時，例如：
The book was published in 1860.
這本書是1860年出版的。
My pocket has been picked.
我的口袋被人盜了。
2. 不想或沒有說出動作的執行者時。
Three persons were killed in the traffic accident.
有三人死於這次交通事故。
He was put into prison in 1985.
他於1985年被關進監獄。
3. 當談論的主題是動詞的對象不是動作的執行時：
A building is being built there.
那裡正在建一座高樓。
The bridge was built in 1990.
這橋是1990年建造的。
4. 當動作發出者不是指人時︰
The house was damaged by the storm.
這房子毀於暴風雨。
The river will be polluted seriously by the wastes.
這條河將被廢物污染。

** DAY 44 **
c. 使用被動語態應注意幾點：
1. 不及物動詞不帶受詞，沒有被動語態，但並不是所有及物動詞都有被動語態。如 have, contain, lack, h
old (容納), suit, 等。例如：
I have a nice radio.
我有一台很好的收音機。
Whisky contains a large percentage of alcohol.
威士忌酒中的酒精含量高。
Does this suit you?
這適合你嗎？
He lacks experience.
他缺乏實際經驗。
The theatre holds 800 people.
這戲院能容納800人。
2. 接在介詞後面的受詞變成主詞時，改寫時不要忘記了片語中的介詞。如：
They have arrived at a decision.
他們達成了一個決議。
A decision has been arrived at.
一個決議已達成。
He's dealing with the problem.
他正在處理這個問題。
The problem is being dealt with.
這個問題正被處理。
3. 英語中有些動詞可帶雙受詞(一個間接受詞和一個直接受詞)。在轉換成被動語態時，即可以用直接受詞作主
詞也可用間接受詞作主詞。
Examples:
Mina gave him some books.
米娜給他一些書。
82
He was given some books.
他被給了一些書。
Some books were given to him.
一些書給了他。
The doctor offered me some advice.
醫生給我提了一些忠告。
I was offered some advice.
我被提了一些忠告。
Some advice was offered to me.
別人給我提了一些忠告。

** DAY 45 **
Exercise 1
把下列句子主動語態改成被動語態。
Examples:
The policeman caught the thief.
那警察抓住了這個小偷。
The thief was caught by the policeman.
這小偷是由那警察抓住的。
1. The boy worked out the maths problem.
Answer: The maths problem was worked out by the boy.
2. They are discussing the problem.
Answer: The problem is being discussed by them.
3. We should get rid of such bad habits.
Answer: Such bad habits should be got rid of.
4. Her father will give her a present.
Answer: A present will be given to her by her father./She will be given a present by her father.
5. The policeman told me to observe the traffic regulations.
Answer: I was told to observe the traffic regulations./I was told to observe the traffic regula
tions by the policeman./I was told by the policeman to observe the traffic regulation .
6. We must write to him.
Answer: He must be written to./He must be written to by us.
7. Bill will invite Ann to the party.
Answer: Ann will be invited to the party./Ann will be invited to the party by Bill.
8. A hurricane destroyed the small fishing village.
Answer: The small fishing village was destroyed by a hurricane.
9. We should tell James the news as soon as possible.
Answer: The news should be told to James as soon as possible./ James should be told about the n
ews as soon as possible.
10. We must keep meat in a refrigerator or it will spoil.
Answer: Meat must be kept in a refrigerator or it will spoil.
11. We should have sent the letter last week.
Answer: The letter should have been sent last week./The letter should have been sent by us last
week.
12. I agree with Dr. Wang's theory.
Answer: Dr. Wang's theory is agreed with./ Dr Wang's theory is agreed with by me.
13. The assistant manager interviewed me.
Answer: I was interviewed by the assistant manager.
14. The horse was pulling the farmer's wagon.
Answer: The farmer's wagon was being pulled by the horse.
15. Shakespeare wrote the play.
Answer: The play was written by Shakespeare.

Exercise 2
用下列所給的單詞完成句子，注意時態和語態。
wear expect order surround divide offer surprise confuse kill spell cause invent re
port build frighten
1. The class was too large, so it # #(divide) into two sections.
Answer: was divided
2. Last week I# # (offer) a job at a local bank, but I didn't accept.
Answer: was offered
83
3. I didn't expect Lisa to come to the meeting last night, but she was there, I # # (surpr
ise) to see her there.
Answer: was surprised
4. The electric light bulb # # (invent) by Thomas Edison.
Answer: was invented
5. An island # # (surround) by water.
Answer: is surrounded
6. The - ing form of "sit" # # (spell) with a double "t".
Answer: is spelt
7. The model # # (wear) in a long red skirt.
Answer: is worn
8. Even though construction costs are high, a new dormitory # # (build) next year.
Answer: will be built
9. The Johnson's house burned down. According to the inspector the fire # #(cause) by lightn
ing.
Answer: was caused
10. Andson got a ticket for reckless driving. When he went to traffic court, he # #(order) t
o pay a fine of one hundred dollars.
Answer: was ordered
11. I read about a hunter who # # (kill) by a wild animal.
Answer: was killed
12. The hunter's fatal accident # #(report) in the newspaper yesterday.
Answer: was reported
13. The children # # (frighten) in the middle of the night when they heard strange noise in
the house.
Answer: were frightened
14. Could you try to explain this math problem to me again? Yesterday in class I # # (confus
e) by the teacher's explanation.
Answer: was confused
15. A: Is the train going to be late?
B: It # #(expect) to be on time.
Answer: is expected

** DAY 46 **
Exercise 3
選擇正確的答案填充：
1. The new highway # # sometime next month.
A. completes
B. will be completed
C. would complete
D. will be complete
Answer: B
2. A strange thing # # yesterday.
A. happens
B. happen
C. happened
D. was happened
Answer: C
3. Language skills # # in every school in the country.
A. taught
B. is taught
C. were taught
D. are taught
Answer: D
4. Beethoven's seventh symphony # # at the concert last night.
A. is performed
B. was performed
C. have performed
D. performed
Answer: B
5. The World Cup soccer games # # all over the world now.
84
A. are being televised
B. was being televised
C. have performed
D. performed
Answer: A
6. Life on the Mississippi # # the famous author, Mark Twain.
A. was written
B. was written with
C. was written by
D. were written by
Answer: C
7. The Washington Monument # # hundreds of people every day.
A. is visited by
B. was visited
C. is visiting
D. visits
Answer: A
8. A scholarship # # Peggy by Indiana University.
A. has been awarded to
B. have been awarded to
C. was awarded
D. has awarded to
Answer: A
9. Ann # # a menu at the restaurant.
A. is handed
B. was handed
C. handed
D. had been handing
Answer: B
10. Paper, the main writing material today, # # by Chinese.
A. is invented
B. was invented
C. has invented
D. had invented
Answer: B
11. The classroom # # smoke.
A. is filled by
B. was filled with
C. filled with
D. filled by
Answer: B
12. A camel # # to be able to go without water for 28 days.
A. says
B. is said
C. said
D. had been said
Answer: B
13. The report # # to be published in May.
A. expected
B. is expecting
C. is expected
D. expects
Answer: C
14. I was not invited to the party, but I would like # #.
A. to be invited
B. to invited
C. to have been invited.
D. being invited
Answer: C
15. A lot of books # # this subject.
A. have been written by
85
B. has been written by
C. have been written about
D. have written about
Answer: C
16. A good job # # Maria by a local advertising company.
A. has been offered with
B. has been offered to
C. offered to
D. has offered to
Answer: B
17. A bill # # you at the end of the month.
A. has send to
B. has been sent to
C. will be sent to
D. would be sent
Answer: C
18. The starving people # # a week's supply of rice.
A. will give
B. will be given

C. would give
D. have given
Answer: B
19. James didn't know the news, but he # # the news a long time ago.
A. had been told
B. should have been told
C. shall have been told
D. was told
Answer: B
20. In the seventeenth century candles # # light.
A. were used for
B. was used of
C. used for
D. used
Answer: A

** DAY 47 **
P. INTERROGATIVES:
疑問句
英語中，經常用到的疑問詞有五個"W"與一個"H"，就是who, whose, when, where, what, 與how, 在這
一課中，我們會學習如何正確地使用這些疑問詞。
a. who, when, whose
1) who(誰……？)作主詞時，"Who"後面直接用動詞，然後用受詞(object)。
Who keeps the keys?
The housekeeper keeps them.
誰保管鎖匙？
那管家保管鎖匙。
Who took my gun?
Tom took it.
誰拿了我的槍？
湯姆拿了。
Who are these boys?
They are Bill's students.
這些孩子是誰？
他們是比利的學生。
2) Who/ Whom( ……誰？)作受詞時，"Who/Whom"後要用助動詞，(過去式用did，現在式用do/does)然後再加
主詞(subject).
Who/ Whom did you see?
I saw the secretary.
你看見誰？
我看見那秘書。
86
Who/ whom did she pay for?
She paid for Tom and me.
她為誰付款？
她為湯姆和我付款。
Who did they speak to? (i.e. To whom did they speak?)
They spoke to Mary.
他們跟誰談？
他們與瑪利談。
3) Whose(誰的……？)作形容詞時，Whose 後要跟名詞，然後加動詞，最後加主詞(subject).
Whose books are these?
They are Ann's.
這些書是屬於誰的？
是安妮的。
Whose are these?
They are Ann's.
這些是誰的？
這些是安妮的。
Whose umbrella did you borrow?
I borrowed Bill's.
你借了誰的傘？
我借了比利的傘。
Whose car broke down?
George's car.
誰的車子壞了？
佑治的車。
b. Which 哪一
1) 作主詞
Which of them arrived first?(肯定動詞)
他們當中哪個人先到達的？
Which of them is the eldest?(代名詞)
他們當中哪個人年齡最大？
Mary is the eldest.
瑪麗年齡最大。
2) 作受詞
Which do you like best?
I like Tom best.
你最喜歡哪一個？
我最喜歡湯姆。
3) 作形容詞
Which university did he go to?
He went to Oxford.
他去的是哪所大學？
他去的是牛津大學。
c. Who與Whom之分別
1) 作直接受詞：Whom是按照文法規則而言的正確受詞形式，因而在正式的英文寫作及正式的口語中使用。然而
在一般日常會話中，我們幾乎都用who, 因此可以說：Whom did you meet? 你拜見了誰？(正式)或 who did
you meet? 你拜見了誰？(非正式)這兩例句沒有語意上的區別。但第二句比第一句更常用。同樣地，我們可以說：
Whom did you help ? 你幫助了誰？ 或 Who did you help? 你幫助了誰？
2) 在正式英文中緊接在介系詞之後：
With whom did you go?
To whom were you speaking?
你和誰去的？
你在對誰說話？
但在日常口語中，介詞常移至句末，而whom亦通常改為Who:
Who did you go with?
Who were you speaking to?
你和誰一起去的？
你在對誰說話？

** DAY 48 **
d. What什麼(形容詞及代受詞)
87
1) 作形容詞時，What後跟名詞
What time is it?
幾點鐘？
What street is this?
這是哪條街？
2) 作受詞時，What後跟助動詞did/does/do.
What did you say?
你說了什麼？
What does he want?
他想要什麼？
3) 當 What與介系詞共用時，介系詞通常放在句末。
What did you open it with?
你用什麼把它打開的？
I opened it with my knife.
我用刀子把它打開的。
4) what ... for ? = why
What did you do that for? = why did you do it ?
你怎麼會做那件事？
你為什麼要做那件事？
5) What + be ...like ?是請求別人描述，可用於人或物：
What was the exam like?
It's very difficult.
考試情況怎麼樣？
很難。
What was the weather like?
It was terrible.
天氣怎麼樣？
很糟糕。
What's the food like in your hotel?
你們旅館的食物怎麼樣？
用於人時，可涉及其外貌或性情：
What is he like?
He's a friendly sort of man 或 He's a tall man with a gray beard.
他人品怎樣？
他是一個友好的人。
他是一個有灰白鬍子的高個子男人。
What are your students like?
They're very talkative.
你的學生表現如何？
他們很喜歡說話。
What does he/it look like?(他長相如何？)只涉及外貌，亦可有" What does he/it resemble?他/它像什
麼？"之意：
What does he look like?
他外貌如何？
He is tall and thin and very badly dressed.
他個子瘦高，衣衫不整。
He looks like a scarecrow.
他看起來像一個稻草人。
What does it look like?
It's black and shiny.
It looks like coal.
它看起來怎樣？
它黑又亮。
它看起來像黑炭一樣。
6) What is he?
他職業是什麼？
What is his father?
He is a tailor.
他的父親是做什麼的？
他是位裁縫。
What(形容詞)可用於人，但卻不常用：What men are you talking about?(你在談論什麼人？)是可以說的，
88
但Whom are you talking about?(你在談論誰？)是比較普通而常用的說法。
7) What(形容詞)在有關量度的問句中十分常用。這種用法主要是與名詞共用：年齡，大小，重量，長度，寬度，
廣度，高度，深度：
What height is your room? 或
What is the height of your room?
你的房間有多高？
你的房間有多高？
What age is he ?
What size is the parcel?
他多大？
包裹是什麼尺寸？
What is the depth of the lake?
這個湖泊有多深？
注意：這種用法常用be動詞。(這類問句亦可以用how加形容詞來表示：How high is your room? 你的房間高
度有多少？)

** DAY 49 **
e. which與who及what比較：Who 是用於人的一般疑問代名詞；What是主要用於事物的一般疑問代名詞及疑問
形容詞。當選擇有所限制時，應使用Which(代名詞及形容詞)而不用who及what.
1) which 及 what用於事物之例子：
What will you have to drink?
你要喝些什麼？
We have gin, whisky and sherry, Which will you have?
我們有杜松子酒，威士忌和雪梨酒，你要喝哪一種？
What does it cost to get to Scotland?
到蘇格蘭去要花多少錢？
It depends on how you go. There are several ways of getting there.
那要看你用什麼旅行方式去那裡。到那裡有幾種旅行方式。
Which (way)is the cheapest?或 Which is the cheapest (way)?
哪種方式是最便宜的？
I've seen the play and the film.
我曾看過這部戲劇和電影。
What did you think of them ?
Which (of them) do you want?
你認為他們怎麼樣？
你想要哪一個？
2) Which(代名詞)用於人(指人)而作句子主詞時，不單獨使用：Which of you knows the formula?('of yo
u'是必須的。)你們當中哪一個知道這個方程式？
Who knows the formula? 亦可表達上面一例句之意。當句意稍為具有限制性質時，Which(形容詞)可用於人：
Which poet (of all the poets)do you like best?
你最喜歡哪一位詩人？
What 在這例句中亦可，而且比較合邏輯。但What(形容詞)指人的用法通常應避免。
f. why, when, where ,及how
1) Why 意思是"為什麼"，而通常用because來回答：
Why was he late?
Because he missed the bus.
他為什麼遲到？
因為他錯過了公共汽車。
2) When意思是"何時"，"在什麼時候"。
When do you get up?
7 a.m.
你什麼時間起床？
上午七點。
3) Where意思是"何處"，"在什麼地方"。
Where do you live?
In London.
你住在哪兒？
倫敦。
4) How意思是"如何"，"用什麼方式"。
How did you come?
I came by plane.
89
你怎麼來到的？
我乘飛機來的。
How do you start the engine?
You press this button.
你怎麼發動這台機器？
你按這個按鈕。
以上句子(1)用了was，而句子(2)(3)(4)，則用了助動詞do/did, 因為句子(2)(3)(4)之名詞後有動詞"get",
"live", "come", "start",而句子(1)的"late"是形容詞，所以用was, 而不用助動詞。
g. how 亦可有以下的用法：
1) 與形容詞共用，作為what+名詞的另一種說法：
How old is he?
他幾歲了？
How high is Mount Everest?
It is over eight thousand metres high.
珠峰有多高？
它超過八千公尺。
How wide is the river?
It is fifty metres wide.
這條河有多寬？
它有五十公尺寬。
How long does it take to fly from London to Paris?
從倫敦到巴黎坐飛機要多久？
2) 與many及much共用：
How much do you want?
你想要多少？
How many pictures did you buy?
你買了多少幅畫？
3) 與副詞共用：
How fast does he drive?
Much too fast.
他開車有多快？
不能再快了。
How often do you go abroad?
I go every year.
你多久出國一次？
我每年都出國。
How quickly can you say Tottenham Court Road?
你能說"Tottenham Court Rood"多快？
I can say it in a quarter of a second.
我用四分之一秒說一次。
注意：How is she?(她怎樣？)是對她健康情形的詢問，可能的回答是She is very well. 但what is she li
ke?(她長得怎樣？)是要求對她作一描述。可能的回答是She is tall and dark with green eyes.(她黑又高，
長有一雙綠眼睛。)

** DAY 50 **
Exercise 1
用who, whose, whom, what, which, where, when, why, how 填空：
% a. Who
% b. Whose
% c. Whom
% d. What
% e. Which
% f. Where
% g. When
% h. Why
% i. How
1. # # do you like better, summer or winter?
Answer: e
2. # # do you have in your hand?
Answer: d
3. # # dictionary is this?
90
Answer: b
4. # # did you see the dog?
Answer: f
5. # # many boys are playing soccer in the ground?
Answer: i
6. # # day is today?
Answer: d
7. # # old are you?
Answer: i
8. # # way shall we take?
Answer: e
9. # # much money did you have then?
Answer: i
10. # # ate my cake?
Answer: a
11. # # often does Sandy visit her grandmother?
Answer: i
12. # # does your grandfather live?
Answer: f
13. # # many elephants are there in the zoo?
Answer: i
14. # # were you absent from school yesterday?
Answer: h
15. # # kind of bird flies fastest ?
Answer: d
16. # # do you like best?
Answer: d
17. # # long does it take to fly from Beijing to Tokyo?
Answer: i
18. # # do you get up?
Answer: g
19. # # was she late?
Answer: h
20. # # did you think of them?
Answer: d
21. # # is the cheapest?
Answer: e
22. # # did you go with?
Answer: a/c
23. # # bicycle did you borrow?
Answer: b
24. # # is he getting on?
Answer: i
25. # # did you do it?
Answer: h
26. # # can you come?
Answer: g
27. # # are you going?
Answer: f
28. # # of you will go with me?
Answer: e
29. # # did you say?
Answer: d
30. # # told you?
Answer: a
31. # # pen is this?
Answer: b
32. # # else is there?
Answer: a
33. # # did she fail?
Answer: h
91
34. # # was she dressed?
Answer: i
35. # # did you hear that story?
Answer: f
36. # # book did you choose?
Answer: e
37. # # is he like?
Answer: d
38. # # did you see?
Answer: c/a
39. # # fast does he drive?
Answer: i

Exercise 2
把下列陳述句變成疑問句：
1. Tom drank coffee for breakfast today. (What)
Answer: What did Tom drink for breakfast today?
2. John came to school by bus. (How)
Answer: How did John come to school?
3. Mr. Brown visited Tokyo last week. (Who)
Answer: Who visited Tokyo last week?
4. This is Bill's dictionary. (Whose dictionary)
Answer: Whose dictionary is this?
5.Today is Monday. (What day)
Answer: What day is today?
6. There are four tigers in the zoo. (How many)
Answer: How many tigers are there in the zoo?
7. His brother lives in Paris. (Where)
Answer: Where does his brother live?
8. They are students. (Who)
Answer: Who are they?
9. Mary wants to speak to Jack. (Who wants ...)
Answer: Who wants to speak to Jack?
10. Alice is three years old. (How old)
Answer: How old is Alice?

** DAY 51 **
Q. FORMING NOUNS, VERBS & ADJECTIVES
名詞，動詞和形容詞的構成
名詞可以由形容詞，動詞和其他名詞構成。如：
adj:
"fat"+ness--fatness (n)
肥胖
v:
"move"+ment--movement (n)
移動
n:
"king"+dom--kingdom (n)
王國
Forming nouns
名詞的構成：
a. 名詞可由形容詞加-ness, -ty, -th, -dom, -ce等構成。如:
adj n
able ability
(能干的) (能力)
proud pride
(自豪) (自尊)
absent absence
(缺席) (缺席)
pure purity
(純潔) (純潔)
92
angry anger
(忿怒) (忿怒)
real reality
(真的) (現實)
anxious anxiety
(憂慮) (憂慮)
sharp sharpness
(敏銳的) (敏銳)
brave bravery
(勇敢) (勇氣)
slow slowness
(慢) (慢)
high highness
(高) (高度)
strong strength
(強壯的) (力量)
honest honesty
(誠實) (誠實)
wide width
(闊) (寬度)
famous fame
(著名) (名譽)
wise wisdom
(聰明) (智慧)
humble humility
(謙虛) (謙虛)
young youth
(年青) (青年)
long length
(長) (長)
loyal loyalty
(忠心的) (忠心)
b. 名詞可由動詞加-ment, -ing, -ion, -ure, -ance等構成。如：
v. n.
absorb absorption
(吸收) (吸收)
act action
(行動/演戲) (行動)
begin beginning
(開始) (起初)
grow growth
(生長) (成長)
heal health
(治癒) (健康)
instruct instruction
(指示) (指示)
invite invitation
(邀請) (邀請)
think thought
(想) (想法)
fix fixture
(固定) (固定物)
fail failure
(失敗) (失敗者)
feed food
(餵飼) (食物)
teach teaching
(教) (教)
sit seat
(坐) (座位)
punish punishment
93
(罰) (懲罰)
please pleasure
(使人喜悅) (喜悅)

** DAY 52 **
c. 有時名詞可由一些名詞加上-hood,-ship, -age, -dom, -ry等構成其他名詞。這時詞的原意發生了改變。如：

n. n.
bag baggage
(袋) (行李)
patriot patriotism
(愛國者)(民族主義)
child childhood
(兒童) (童年)
poet poetry
(詩人) (詩)
friend friendship
(朋友) (友誼)
scholar scholarship
(學者) (獎學金)
king kingdom
(國王) (王國)
slave slavery
(奴隸) (奴隸制度)
neighbour neighbourhood
(鄰居) (街坊)

** DAY 53 **
d. Forming Verbs(動詞的構成)
1. 動詞可由形容詞和名詞構成。如：
civil (adj)+ize---civilize使有文化
joy (n) + en---enjoy 享受
friend (n) + be---befriend成為朋友
2. 動詞通常可由形容詞構成(當然也有例外)。下面是由形容詞構成動詞表：
adj v.
able enable
(能幹的) (使能夠)
black blacken
(黑色的) (使變黑)
bright brighten
(光亮的) (使光亮)
certain certify
(無疑的) (證明)
clean cleanse
(清潔的) (使清潔)
clear clarify
(清晰的) (澄清)
electric electrify
(電的) (使充電)
false falsify
(假的) (偽造)
fast fasten
(快的) (使快)
fat fatten
(肥的) (使變肥)
fertile fertilize
(肥沃的) (施肥)
fine refine
(美好的) (使優美)
glad gladden
(高興的) (使高興)
94
just justify
(公正的)(證明是正當的)
large enlarge
(大的) (使變大)
less lessen
(更少的) (減少)
long lengthen
(長的) (變長)
loose loosen
(鬆的) (解開)
pure purify
(純的) (使純潔)
quick quicken
(快的) (加快)
rich enrich
(富裕的) (使變富)
sad sadden
(悲的) (使悲傷)
sharp sharpen
(鋒利的) (削尖)
simple simplify
(簡單的) (使簡單)
smooth smoothen
(光滑的) (使光滑)
sweet sweeten
(甜的) (變甜)
thick thicken
(厚的) (變厚)
wide widen
(寬的) (變寬)

** DAY 54 **
e. 動詞通常可由名詞加上en-,be-,或-ize等構成，當然也有例外。下面是由名詞形成的動詞表。
noun verb
actor act
(演員) (表演)
knowledge know
(知識) (知道)
bath bathe
(澡,浴) (洗澡)
liberty liberate
(自由權) (解放)
beauty beautify
(美麗) (美化)
light lighten
(光線) (照亮)
belief believe
(信仰) (相信)
liquid liquefy
(液體) (液化)
blood bleed
(血) (流血)
loss loose
(虧損) (失去)
breath breathe
(呼吸) (呼吸)
obedience obey
(敬意) (服從)
camp encamp
(野營) (紮營)
peace pacify
95
(和平) (平定)
circle encircle
(圓) (環繞)
pleasure please
(愉快) (使高興)
cloth clothe
(衣料) (給…穿衣)
proof prove
(證據) (證明)
colony colonize
(殖民地) (開拓殖民地)
provision provide
(供應品) (提供)
company accompany
(陪伴) (伴隨)
pursuit pursue
(追捕) (追趕)
comparison compare
(比較) (比較)
composition compose
(作文) (創作)
residence reside
(住宅) (居住)
courage encourage
(勇氣) (鼓勵)
resolution resolve
(決議) (解決)
creation create
(創作) (產生)
roll enroll
(翻滾) (登記)
critic criticize
(批評家) (評論)
safe save
(保險箱) (節省)
custom accustom
(風俗) (使習慣)
sale sell
(出售) (賣)
danger endanger
(危險) (危及)
satisfaction satisfy
(滿足感) (使滿足)
deed do
(行為) (做)
sight see
(視力) (看見)
description describe
(形容) (形容)
slave enslave
(奴隸) (奴役)
dictation dictate
(聽寫) (口述)
solid solidify
(固體) (變硬)
division divide
(分界線) (劃分)
song sing
(歌曲) (唱)
drama dramatize
(劇本) (改編為戲劇)
96
speech speak
(演講) (說)
endurance endure
(忍耐力) (忍受)
success succeed
(勝利) (成功)
food feed
(食物) (餵養)
sympathy sympathize
(同情心) (同情)
force enforce
(力量) (加強力量)
system systematize
(系統) (使系統化)
freedom free
(自由) (使自由)
tale tell
(傳說) (告訴)
government govern
(政府) (統治)
threat threaten
(威脅) (恐嚇)
judgement judge
(判決) (審判)
trial try
(試驗) (試)
unity unite
(整體) (聯合)

** DAY 55 **
f. Forming adjectives
(形容詞的構成)
1. 形容詞的構成一般沒有特殊的形式。但是有些形容詞是由名詞或動詞加上詞尾(suffixes)構成。它們特殊的
構成可幫助你理解形容詞的含義。如：
man (n) + -ly --manly (adj)
use (n) + -ful---useful (adj)
cloud (n) + -y----cloudy (adj)
aim (n) + -less--aimless (adj)
coward (n) + -ly---cowardly (adj)
fool (n) + -ish---foolish (adj)
child (n) + -ish--childish (adj)
hope (n) + -ful---hopeful (adj)
fog (n) + -gy ---foggy (adj)
care (n) + -less--careless (adj)

Exercise 1
把下列形容詞轉為名詞：
1. cruel # #
Answer: cruelty
2. honest # #
Answer: honesty
3. loyal # #
Answer: loyalty
4. safe # #
Answer: safety
5. pure # #
Answer: purity
6. dark # #
Answer: darkness
7. good # #
Answer: goodness
97
8. soft # #
Answer: softness
9. absent # #
Answer: absence
10. angry # #
Answer: anger
11. long # #
Answer: length
12. proud # #
Answer: pride
13. real # #
Answer: reality
14. young # #
Answer: youth

Exercise 2
把下列動詞轉為名詞：
1. absorb # #
Answer: absorption
2. act # #
Answer: action/actor
3. civilize # #
Answer: civilization
4. create # #
Answer: creation
5. explain # #
Answer: explanation
6. instruct # #
Answer: instruction
7. agree # #
Answer: agreement
8. encourage # #
Answer: encouragement
9. judge # #
Answer: judgement
10. draw # #
Answer: drawing/drawer
11. teach # #
Answer: teaching/teacher
12. appear # #
Answer: appearance
13. approve # #
Answer: approval
14. breathe # #
Answer: breath
15. conquer # #
Answer: conquest
16. die # #
Answer: death
17. do # #
Answer: deed
18. enter # #
Answer: entrance
19. fix # #
Answer: fixture
20. fly # #
Answer: flyer/fly
21. prove # #
Answer: proof
22. weigh # #
Answer: weight
98
Exercise 3
把下列名詞轉為其他名詞：
1. child # #
Answer: childhood/children
2. neighbour # #
Answer: neighbourhood
3. friend # #
Answer: friendship
4. partner # #
Answer: partnership
5. scholar # #
Answer: scholarship
6. bag # #
Answer: baggage
7. band # #
Answer: bandage
8. poet # #
Answer: poetry

Exercise 4
從下表選出適當之名詞填入空格：
% a. collection
% b. injuries
% c. bravery
% d. gift
% e. friendship
% f. life
% g. darkness
% h. absence
% i. flight
% j. entrance
% k. weight
% l. laughter
1. I didn't see you yesterday. What is the reason for your # #?
Answer: h
2. The # # of this aeroplane took a few hours.
Answer: i
3. The light went out suddenly and the room was filled with # #.
Answer: g
4. The soldier was awarded a silver medal for # #.
Answer: c
5. Driver suffered serious # # in the accident.
Answer: b
6. Mary received a # # from her uncle on her birthday.
Answer: d
7. The children are playing happily, we can hear their # #.
Answer: l
8. All of us came in through that narrow # #.
Answer: j
9. I collect old stamps. This is my # #.
Answer: a
10. We are good friends. We shall never forget our # #.
Answer: e

Exercise 5
把下列形容詞轉為動詞：
1. black # #
Answer: blacken
2. cheap # #
Answer: cheapen
99
3. glad # #
Answer: gladden
4. loose # #
Answer: loosen
5. short # #
Answer: shorten
6. smooth # #
Answer: smoothen
7. sweet # #
Answer: sweeten
8. civil # #
Answer: civilize
9. fertile # #
Answer: fertilize
10. false # #
Answer: falsify
11. pure # #
Answer: purify
12. simple # #
Answer: simplify
13. electric # #
Answer: electrify
14. just # #
Answer: justify
15. able # #
Answer: enable
16. clean # #
Answer: cleanse
17. clear # #
Answer: clarify
18. full # #
Answer: fill
19. low # #
Answer: lower
20. large # #
Answer: enlarge
21. lively # #
Answer: enliven
22. long # #
Answer: lengthen
23. rich # #
Answer: enrich
24. vacant # #
Answer: vacate

Exercise 6
試把下列名詞轉為動詞
1. camp # #
Answer: encamp
2. circle # #
Answer: encircle
3. courage # #
Answer: encourage
4. slave # #
Answer: enslave
5. trust # #
Answer: entrust
6. light # #
Answer: lighten
7. threat # #
Answer: threaten
8. drama # #
Answer: dramatize
9. sympathy # #
Answer: sympathize
100
10. terror # #
Answer: terrify
11. bath # #
Answer: bathe
12. breath # #
Answer: breathe
13. cloth # #
Answer: clothe
14. liberty # #
Answer: liberate
15. relief # #
Answer: relieve
16. solution # #
Answer: solve
17. beauty # #
Answer: beautify
18. liquid # #
Answer: liquefy
19. peace # #
Answer: pacify
20. satisfaction # #
Answer: satisfy
21. solid # #
Answer: solidify
22. tale # #
Answer: tell

Exercise 7
在下列方格中，選出適當字填入句子中。
% a. endanger
% b. solve
% c. sweeten
% d. darken
% e. divide
% f. widen
% g. satisfy
% h. breathe
% i. fill
% j. enjoy
% k. saved
% l. succeed
1. Every morning I go to the park to # # in the fresh air.
Answer: h
2. I # # swimming , so I go to the beach every Sunday.
Answer: j
3. If you # # 40 by 5, the answer will be 8.
Answer: e
4. Don't climb this tree. This will # # your life.
Answer: a
5. The door is too narrow. We have to # # it.
Answer: f
6. I # # the pot with water.
Answer: i
7. You work hard and you will # #.
Answer: l
8. The lifeguard # # the little girl from drowning.
Answer: k
9. We add sugar to # # the coffee.
Answer: c
10. I can't # # this problem, so I look up the solution.
Answer: b

Exercise 8
用"-y","-ly", "or", "-ish"作字尾，把下列各字改為形容詞。
1. 加"-y"
silver # #
Answer: silvery
101
2. 加"-y"
ease # #
Answer: easy
3. 加"-y"
dirt # #
Answer: dirty
4. 加"-y"
fun # #
Answer: funny
5. 加"-y"
hair # #
Answer: hairy
6. 加"-ly"
life # #
Answer: lively
7. 加"-ly"
friend # #
Answer: friendly
8. 加"-ly"
mother # #
Answer: motherly
9. 加"-ly"
day # #
Answer: daily
10.加"-ly"
elder # #
Answer: elderly
11.加"-ish"
snob # #
Answer: snobbish
12.加"-ish"
self # #
Answer: selfish
13.加"-ish"
red # #
Answer: reddish
14.加"-ish"
boy # #
Answer: boyish
15.加"-ish"
child# #
Answer: childish

Exercise 9
試把下列各字以"-ful", "-less", "-able", "-ese", "-(i)an", 或"-ive"結尾改為形容詞。
Example:
faith #faithful#
#faithless#
1. meaning # a #
# b #
Answer: a. meaningful b. meaningless
2. hope # a #
# b #
Answer: a. hopeful/hopeless b. hopeless/hopeful
3. power # a #
# b #
Answer: a. powerful/powerless b. powerless/powerful
4. shame # a #
# b #
Answer: a. shameful b. shameless
5. 加 "-able"
102
 accept # #
Answer: acceptable
6. 加 "-able"
believe # #
Answer: believable
7. 加 "-able"
change # #
Answer: changeable
8. 加 "-able"
depend # #
Answer: dependable
9. 加 "-able"
eat # #
Answer: eatable

Exercise 10
加"-ese",加"-(i)an",加"-ive"
1. 加"-ese"
China # #
Answer: Chinese
2. 加"-ese"
Japan # #
Answer: Japanese
3. 加"-ese"
Malta # #
Answer: Maltese
4. 加"-ese"
Nepal # #
Answer: Nepalese
5. 加"-ese"
Vietnam # #
Answer: Vietnamese
6. 加"-(i)an"
Africa # #
Answer: African
7. 加"-(i)an"
America # #
Answer: American
8. 加"-(i)an"
Brazil # #
Answer: Brazilian
9. 加"-(i)an"
Canada # #
Answer: Canadian
10. 加"-(i)an"
Cuba # #
Answer: Cuban
11. 加"-ive"
attract # #
Answer: attractive
12. 加"-ive"
construct# #
Answer: constructive
13. 加"-ive"
digest # #
Answer: digestive
14. 加"-ive"
extend # #
Answer: extensive
15. 加"-ive"
succeed # #
103
Answer: successive

Exercise 11
把括號內字以最適合的詞性(word class)填入句子中。
Example:
British (Britain) tourists are seen all over the world.
1. Mary looks # a # (fun) in her # b # (newness) dress.
Answer: a. funny b. new
2. Mr. Green is a # a # (success) and # b # (worth) businessman.
Answer: a. successful b. worthy
3. Jewels are always # # (attract)to women.
Answer: attractive
4. Judy is an # a # (honesty) girl, whatever she says is # b # (believe).
Answer: a. honest b. believable
5. It is # a # (fog)and # b # (cloud) today.
Answer: a. foggy b. cloudy
6. There are always wars going on. When can we have a # # (peace) world?
Answer: peaceful
7. Which language do you think is more difficult to learn, # a # (Japan) or # b # (Italy)?
Answer: a. Japanese b. Italian
8. A tank is a # a # (power) and # b # (danger) weapon.
Answer: a. powerful b. dangerous
9. Mr. White is a # a # (respect) teacher. His lessons are always # b # (meaning).
Answer: a. respectable b. meaningful
10. Though Albert looks # a # (smartness), he is in fact foolish and # b # (child).
Answer: a. smart b. childish

** DAY 56 **
R. QUESTION TAGS
附加問句
附加問句是加於句子後的短問句，通常是說話者尋求同意或證實的一種方式。使用Question tags 附加問
句之規則如下：
a. 肯定句(positive sentence)後，附加問句用否定(negative)疑問式，而答案則用肯定句式。如：
x: You can swim, can't you?
你會游泳的，不是嗎？
y: Yes, I can.
是，我會游泳的。
上例中，"You can swim" 便是肯定句，所以附加問句則用否定疑問句"Can't you?"
b. 在否定句後面，附加問句用肯定疑問式，答案則用否定句式，如：
x: You can't swim, can you?
你不會游泳的，是嗎？
y: No, I can't.
是，我不會。

** DAY 57 **
c. 簡單現在式(simple present tense)的附加問句用do, does 或don't, doesn't.
x: She knows John, doesn't she?
她認識約翰，不是嗎？
y: Yes, she does.
是，她認識的。
從上例可見，肯定句"She knows John"，後跟否定疑問句式"doesn't she"。
其他例子：
1) x: The children don't like Chinese lesson, do they?
y: No, they don't.
2) x: Mary enjoys swimming very much , doesn't she?
y: Yes, she does.
3) x: Tom and Peter go to school by bus, don't they?
y: Yes, they do.
4) x: Lisa doesn't speak Japanese, does she?
y: No, she doesn't.
d. 現在進行式 (present continuous tense) 的附加問句用"is/am/are"或"isn't/aren't".
104
Examples
1) x: They are having their dinner now, aren't they?
y: Yes, they are.
2) x: They aren't eating their dinner now, are they?
y: No, they aren't.
3) x: Peter is running, isn't he?
y: Yes, he is.
4) x: David isn't tall, is he?
y: No, he isn't.

** DAY 58 **
e. 簡單過去式(simple past tense)的附加問句用did 或 didn't。
1) x: I frightened you, didn't I?
y: Yes, you did.
2) x: Sam didn't play soccer, did he?
y: No, he didn't.
3) x: The children didn't go to school yesterday, did they?
y: No, they didn't.
4) x: Peter went fishing yesterday, didn't he?
y: Yes, he did.
f. 過去進行式之附加句用was/were或wasn't/weren't。
1) x: He was washing the dishes, wasn't he?
y: Yes, he was.
2) x: May wasn't dancing, was she?
y: No, she wasn't.
3) x: Tom and Peter were swimming, weren't they?
y: Yes, they were.
4) x: The children weren't happy, were they?
y: No, they weren't.
g. 現在完成式和過去完成式的附加問句用"have/has/had"或"haven't/hasn't/hadn't"。
1) x: He has left, hasn't he?
y: Yes, he has.
2) x: They haven't bought the flat, have they?
y: No, they haven't.
3) x: They had been there before, hadn't they?
y: Yes, they had.
4) x: Joan hadn't been to Japan, had she?
y: No, she hadn't.

** DAY 59 **
h. 將來式的附加問句用will/shall或won't/shan't.
1) x: It will be cloudy tomorrow, won't it?
y: Yes, it will.
2) x: Tom won't go to the party, will he?
y: No, he won't.
3) x: David will be leaving for Japan, won't he?
y: Yes, he will.
4) x: Ms Chan will be our new teacher, won't she?
y: Yes, she will.
i. 當動詞由一個以上單詞組成時，附加問句只須用第一個動詞的相反式。
Example:
I should have been here, shouldn't I?
We might have seen it, mightn't we?
You should be here, shouldn't you?
He might see it, mightn't he?
She must have done it, mustn't she?
It must be, mustn't it?
They ought to have said, oughtn't they?
I shouldn't have been here, should I?
We mightn't have seen it, might we?
You shouldn't be here, should you?
105
He mightn't be here, might he?
She mustn't have done it, must she?
It mustn't be, must it?
They oughtn't to have said, ought they?

** DAY 60 **
j. Special Question Tags:
(附加問句的特別規則)
1) Let's 或 Let's not的相對附加問句用"shall we?"
Example:
"Let's go hiking, shall we?"
我們去遠足，好嗎？
Let's get something to drink , shall we?
Let's not go singing, shall we?
2) 用nobody 或no one做主詞的句子，其附加問句之主詞一定用they。
Example:
Nobody likes that singer, do they?
No one has said that before, have they?
3) 含有neither， no(形容詞)， none， no one， nobody， nothing， scarcely， barely， hardly， h
ardly ever， seldom等字的句子視為否定句，其附加問句為普通肯定疑問式：
Example:
Neither of them complained, did they?
None of your friends liked the film, did they?
Nothing was said, was it?
Peter hardly ever goes to parties, does he?
4) 請求意思的句子，其附加問句必須要用將來肯定式。
Example:
Please give me that book, will you?
Please don't be lazy, will you?
5) a few或a little不能作為否定意義的詞來用，所以含有這類詞的句子的附加問句按普通規則使用。
Example:
A few people saw the accident, didn't they?
There is a little money in my wallet, isn't there?

Exercise 1
選擇：下列各題中, 選出正確之答案填充句子。
1. It isn't snowing outside, # #?
A. does it
B. will it
C. isn't it
D. is it
Answer: D
2. They are the super band, # #?
A. are they
B. aren't they
C. aren't I
D. isn't it
Answer: B
3. We should try our very best in everything, # #?
A. should we
B. shouldn't we
C. don't we
D. do we
Answer: B
4. I am not drawing a tiger, # #?
A. wasn't I
B. is I
C. aren't I
D. am I
Answer: D
5. Peter is blind, # #?
106
A. hasn't they
B. doesn't he
C. isn't he
D. wasn't he
Answer: C
6. They have done that before, # #?
A. hasn't they
B. has they
C. have they
D. haven't they
Answer: D
7. There aren't any food in the supermarket, # #?
A. haven't there
B. have there
C. are there
D. aren't there
Answer: C
8. Davies was listening to the radio, # #?
A. doesn't he
B. didn't he
C. wasn't he
D. isn't he
Answer: C
9. Ken said he would return the C.D. to you, # #?
A. wasn't he
B. didn't he
C. hasn't he
D. isn't he
Answer: B
10. My sisters like spicy food, # #?
A. haven't they
B. don't they
C. won't they
D. aren't they
Answer: B

Exercise 2
依照下面給出的例子填充句子。
Example:
We may feed the animals, #may not# we?
1. This television set might be out of order, # #?
Answer: mightn't it/might not it
2. The flower must have enough sunlight, # #?
Answer: mustn't it/must not it
3. She needn't praise, # #?
Answer: need she
4. Mary couldn't believe the story, # #?
Answer: could she
5. Joseph cannot swim, # #?
Answer: can he
6. They ought to praise her for what she did, # #?
Answer: oughtn't they/ought not they
7. You mustn't forget to turn off the radio, # #?
Answer: must you
8. I had not met Tom before I met Mable, # #?
Answer: had I
9. We might not be able to correct every mistake by 7 o'clock, # #?
Answer: might we
10. He should not do that, # #?
Answer: should he

107
Exercise 3
試用適當之附加問句填充句子。
1. You like flowers, # #
Answer: don't you?
2. He never talks in class, # #
Answer: does he?
3. They have swum for over an hour, # #
Answer: haven't they?
4. You will take your photos to class tomorrow, # #
Answer: won't you?
5. She never smiles, # #
Answer: does she?
6. They have 2 P.E. lessons a week, # #
Answer: don't they?
7. He never hands in his homework on time, # #
Answer: does he?
8. You didn't see him, # #
Answer: did you?
9. Ann can't swim, # #
Answer: can she?
10. Peter helped you, # #
Answer: didn't he?
11. Mary was there, # #
Answer: wasn't she?
12. Let's go, # #
Answer: shall we?
13. Bill didn't want to go, # #
Answer: did he?
14. They couldn't understand him, # #
Answer: could they?
15. There wasn't enough time, # #
Answer: was there?
16. Susan hasn't got color TV, # #
Answer: has she?
17. I don't suppose anyone will volunteer, # #
Answer: will they?
18. Mary'd come if you asked her, # #
Answer: wouldn't she?
19. You'd better change your wet shoes, # #
Answer: hadn't you?
20. Neither of them complained, # #
Answer: did they?

** DAY 61 **
Exercise 4
用適當的附加問句填空：
1. Nothing wrong has occurred, # #?
Answer: has it
2. He's never had any trouble before , # #?
Answer: has he
3. That temple was built in the Qing dynasty, # #?
Answer: wasn't it/was not it
4. The dog hasn't been fed yet, # #?
Answer: has it
5. The meeting won't be held today, # #?
Answer: will it
6. Frank has never been to Europe, # #?
Answer: has he
7. I am never late , # #?
Answer: am I
8. Nobody wants to be punished, # #?
Answer: do they
9. Please let me go, # #?
Answer: will you
10. They seldom go to concerts, # #?
Answer: do they
11. Let's turn on the air-conditioner, # #?

108
Answer: shall we
12. You think I'm wrong, # #?
Answer: don't you
13. I'm the best football player in the class, # #?
Answer: am not I/aren't I
14. I could hardly stand his rude behaviour, # #?
Answer: could I
15. Let's not gambling anymore, # #?
Answer: shall we
16. Let's hurry, we don't want to be late, # #?
Answer: do we
17. It's true, # #?
Answer: isn't it/is not it
18. This project will be completed early next year, # #?
Answer: won't it/will not it
19. David never gets tired of talking,# #?
Answer: does he
20. You've met Tom , # #?
Answer: haven't you/have not you
21. Please close the window, # #?
Answer: will you
22. Look carefully when you cross the road, # #?
Answer: will you
23. You seldom go shopping, # #?
Answer: do you
24. I think Thomas will tell me the truth, # #?
Answer: won't he/will not he
25. Let's cancel the meeting, # #?
Answer: shall we
26. I feel that he can be trusted, # #?
Answer: can't he/cannot he
27. I'm not very good at singing, # #?
Answer: am I
28. You like Sally Yip, # #?
Answer: don't you/do not you
29. They're not listening to the teacher now, # #?
Answer: are they
30. You gave a wonderful presentation last night, # #?
Answer: didn't you/did not you

** DAY 62 **
S. GERUND
動名詞
動名詞(Gerund)就是既具有動詞(verb)的特徵，又具有名詞的特徵的詞，其形式為：
V+ing。
動名詞的構成規則與動詞的現在分詞(Present participle)構成規則相同。即在原形動詞(basic form of
a verb)後面加上"-ing "。
動名詞(Gerund)之用法：
a. 作動詞的主詞，其句型結構為：
Gerund+Verb+其他
e.g.
1. Smoking will do great harm to your health.
吸煙對健康極有害。
Walking from here to our school takes half an hour.
從這兒步行到我們學校要花半個小時。
Your baby's crying woke me up last night.
昨晚你小孩的哭聲吵醒了我。
容易犯的錯誤：
" 〤 "Reading romantic novels #are# my usual pastime.
我通常的消遣是閱讀浪漫小說。
" ˇ "Reading romantic novels #is# my usual pastime.
109
說明：當動名詞作主詞時，其動詞(Verb)通常用單數形式：

** DAY 63 **
b. 作動詞(Verb)的受詞(object)
當動名詞作動詞(Verb)的受詞時，其句型結構為：
Subject + Verb + Gerund + 其他
1. He enjoys swimming.
他喜歡游泳。
2. Would you mind waiting a moment?
請等一會好嗎？
3. He suggested reading the instructions first.
他建議首先讀一讀指令。
4. He disliked working late.
他不喜歡工作得很晚。
5. He hates eating fatty food.
他恨吃油膩的食物。
常犯的錯誤：
1.有一些動詞，其後只能跟動名詞作受詞，不能用不定詞(Infinitive)作受詞。
1. " 〤 "I object to pay twice for the same thing.
" ˇ "I object to paying twice for the same thing.
我反對同樣的東西付兩次錢。
2. " 〤 "You can't prevent him to spend his own money.
" ˇ "You can't prevent him spending his own money.
你無法阻止他花自己的錢。
2. forgive, pardon,及prevent不直接接動詞，必須轉變成：
1. " 〤 "Forgive ringing you up so early.
" ˇ "Forgive me /my ringing you up so early.
或" ˇ "Forgive me for ringing you up so early.
原諒我這麼早就給你打電話。
2. " 〤 "Pardon being late.
" ˇ "Pardon me/my being late.
或" ˇ "Pardon me for my being late.
原諒我遲到了。

** DAY 64 **
c. 作前置詞或介詞(preposition)的受詞。動名詞作介詞受詞時，緊跟其後，結構為：
主詞(subject)+動詞(verb)+介詞(preposition)+動名詞(gerund)
e.g.
1. He is good at drawing.
他善長繪畫。
2. I'm interested in music.
我對音樂感興趣。
3. I look forward to seeing you in the Summer.
我盼望夏天能見到你。
4. She doesn't care for cooking.
她不喜歡烹調。
5. His wife raised money by selling her jewellery.
他妻子通過變賣珠寶來籌錢。
6. I'm sorry for keeping you waiting.
很抱歉，讓你等了。
7. What about leaving it here and collecting it on the way back?
先把它放在這兒，回來的路上再取如何？
8. She is fond of climbing.
她極愛好爬山。
常犯的錯誤：
1. 作不定詞(infinitive) 的提示符號的to與作介詞(preposition) 用的常易混淆。前者後面跟動詞原形 (th
e basic form of verb)；而後者後面卻要跟動名詞(Gerund).
1. " 〤 "I have no objection to hear your story again.
" ˇ "I have no objection to hearing your story again.
再聽一遍你的故事，我不反對。
2. " 〤 "He prefers to be neutral to take sides.
110
 " ˇ "He prefers being neutral to taking sides.
他寧可保持中立也不願加入任何一方。
3. " 〤 "I am used to stand in queues.
" ˇ "I am used to standing in queues.
我習慣於排隊。
4. " 〤 "I used to getting up at six.
" ˇ "I used to get up at six.
我過去常在六點起來。
這裡used to(過去常常…)是不定詞的(infinitive)提示符，其後須跟動詞原形。
" 〤 "I am looking forward to see you.
" ˇ "I am looking forward to seeing you.
我期待著能見到你。
to look forward to(盼望…)中是介詞(preposition), 其後不能跟動詞(verb)的原形。
2. 有些詞既可以作介詞(Preposition)用，又可以作動詞用，因此常易混淆。
1. " 〤 "I don't feel like to walk ten miles.
" ˇ "I don't feel like walking ten miles.
我不想步行十里路。
2. " 〤 "Do you feel like to go for a swim?
" ˇ "Do you feel like going for a swim?
你想去游泳嗎？
3. " 〤 "I'd like going to swim.
" ˇ "I'd like to go to swim.
我真想去游泳。
d. 在大多數片語動詞(phrasal verb)及詞組後面跟動名詞：
e.g.
1. I gave up smoking two years ago.
兩年前我就戒了煙。
2. He has kept on trying to beat the world record.
他已持續打破了世界記錄。
3. It is no use trying to persuade him to stop gambling.
想勸他戒賭，只是徒勞。
4. It's not worth going to see that film.
真不值得去看那場電影。
5. I couldn't help laughing.
我禁不住大笑起來。
常易犯的錯誤：
1. 片語"can't help"後面通常接動名詞表示"禁不住…"。如例句5. I couldn't help laughing.我情不自禁
地笑了起來。但 I can't help but laughing.卻是錯誤的表達。應是 I can't help but laugh.
2. The machine needs to repair.〤
The machine needs repairing. ˇ
或The machine needs to be repaired.ˇ
這台機器需要修理。
Want, need, require 這些動詞後面跟動名詞的主動語態含有被動意思。

Exercise 1
按照例題改寫下列句子：
To spit in public is disgusting.
Spitting in public is disgusting.
在公眾地方吐痰是令人十分討厭的。
1. To swim across the harbour takes a lot of strength and perseverance.
Answer: Swimming across the harbour takes a lot of strength and perseverance.
2. To give presents to others can be very enjoyable.
Answer: Giving presents to others can be very enjoyable.
3. To listen to others carefully can be very rewarding.
Answer: Listening to others carefully can be very rewarding.
4. To master a language well takes a lot of practice.
Answer: Mastering a language well takes a lot of practice.
5. To smoke in public is disgusting.
Answer: Smoking in public is disgusting.

Exercise 2
111
將下列每組單詞組合成一句有意義的句子，且動名詞必須作受詞使用：
e.g.
going/likes/to the beach/John
John likes going to the beach.
1. I remember/meeting you/before.
Answer: I remember meeting you before.
2. stealing/Don't risk/in the supermarket.
Answer: Don't risk stealing in the supermarket.
3. talking/the teacher/when/They stopped/looked at/them.
Answer: They stopped talking when the teacher looked at them.
4. Susan started/saw/when/she/Mike/laughing.
Answer: Susan started laughing when she saw Mike.
5. is considering/James/psychology/taking/his elective/as
Answer: James is considering taking psychology as his elective.

** DAY 65 **
Exercise 3
用括號內恰當的詞的動名詞形式填充：
e.g.
Last night I dreamt about(become)#becoming# a pop star.
1. Tommy is good at # # (swim/tell)
Answer: swimming
2. James is afraid of # # (speak/tell) in front of a crowd.
Answer: speaking
3. Do you mind # # (take/talk) that seat?
Answer: taking
4. Doris is fond of # # (make/be) friends with others.
Answer: making
5. Linda suggests # # (go/come) shopping tonight.
Answer: going

Exercise 4
下面每個句子後面都給出了四個答案。請選出最恰當的完成該句子。
1. Linda wanted # # a movie last night.
Linda 昨晚想看一部電影。
A. watch
B. watching
C. to watch
D. watches
Answer: C
2. They burst out # # as the fat man was so comical.
他們突然大笑起來，因為那個胖子很滑稽。
A. laughter
B. laugh
C. laughing
D. to laugh
Answer: C
3. There is no use # # to explain my actions.
試圖想解釋我的行為，那是無用的。
A. tried
B. try
C. tries
D. trying
Answer: D

4. My watch needs to # #.
我的手錶需要檢查一下。
A. examining
B. examined
C. examine
D. be examined
112
Answer: D
5. There is no use # # with Jones. He is very stubborn.
與 Jones 爭辯也沒用，他很固執的。
A. to argue
B. arguing
C. argue
D. argued
Answer: B
6. They are not used to # # early in the morning.
他們不習慣早起。
A. getting up
B. get
C. asleep
D. get up
Answer: A

** DAY 66 **
T. INFINITIVE
不定式
不定式就是在一個動詞(verb)後要加上 "to "才可用另一個動詞。
a. 常跟不定詞的動詞(Common verbs followed by infinitives)：
有一些動詞后面直接跟不定詞，結構為："Verb+Infinitive"這些動詞有：
hope to(希望…)
promise to(許諾…)
plan to(計劃…)
agree to(答應…)
intend to(企圖…)
offer to(提供…)
decide to(決定…)
refuse to(拒絕…)
seem to(看起來…)
appear to(看起來…)
pretend to(假裝…)
ask to(要求…)
expect to(期望…)
want to(想…)
need to(需要…)
have to(要…)
Example:
1. I have to see my son as soon as possible.
我要盡快見到我的兒子。
2. They plan to stay here for a month.
他們計劃在這兒停留一個月。
3. I intend to give it to you.
我想把它給你。
4. She decided to stay at home.
她決定留在家中。
5. I can't seem to get the story straight away.
看來我無法馬上理解這個故事。
6. They pretended to be asleep.
他們假裝睡著了。
7. All students expect to go home.
所有學生都盼著回家。
8. He promised not to be late.
他答應不會遲到。

** DAY 67 **
b. 有一些動詞後面要先跟一個名詞/代名詞(noun/pronoun)，然後再跟一個不定詞。
結構為：Verb+Noun/Pronoun+Infinitive
tell (sb to)
(告訴…)
113
advise (sb to)
(建議…)
encourage (sb to)
(鼓勵…)
remind (sb to)
(提醒…)
invite (sb to)
(邀請…)
permit (sb to)
(允許…)
allow (sb to)
(允許…)
warn (sb to)
(警告…)
require (sb to)
(要求…)
order (sb to)
(命令…)
force (sb to)
(強迫…)
ask (sb to)
(叫…)
expect (sb to)
(期望…)
want (sb to)
(需要…)
Example:
1. Mum told me to stay at home.
媽媽要我留在家中。
2. The police ordered the driver to stop.
警察命令司機停下來。
3. I advised him to keep silence.
我建議他保持沉默。
4. I encouraged her to overcome the difficulty.
我鼓勵她克服困難。
5. He reminds me to answer that letter.
他提醒我回那封信。
6. They invited me to join them.
他們邀請我加入他們。
7. The teacher didn't allow us to go swimming.
老師不允許我們去游泳。
8. He forced his horse to run.
他強迫他的馬跑。

** DAY 68 **
c. 不定詞作主詞 (subject)
不定詞有時可以置於句首作主詞，而更多時候是用it代替不定詞置於句首作主詞，而將不定詞置於句尾。
e.g.
1. To say is a thing, to do is another thing.
說是一回事，做是另一回事。
2. To ride with a drunk driver is dangerous.
坐由喝醉酒的司機開的車是非常危險的。
3. To hesitate would have been fatal.
猶豫會導致毀滅。
4. To obey the law is everyone's duty.
遵守法律是每個人的義務。
5. To lean out of the window is dangerous.
身子探出窗外是極危險的。
以上例句除1作為慣用法以外，其他句子通常的代名詞(pronoun)it 置於句首，將不定詞或不定詞片語移至句
尾。即：
2. It is dangerous to ride with a drunk driver.
114
3. It would have been fatal to hesitate.
4. It is everyone's duty to obey the law.
5. It is dangerous to lean out of the window.
d. 不定詞用於表目的(purpose)
為了表目的，常用動詞(verb)的不定詞(infinitive)而不用動名詞(gerund)形式，通常採用in order to或to
加動詞。(in order) to+Verb
e.g.
(a) He came here in order to study computer.
他來這裡為了學電腦。
(b) He came here to look for his lost watch.
他來這裡為了找尋失去了的手錶。
下面說法是錯誤：
He came here for study computer.
He came here for studying computer.
He came here for to study computer.
for是介詞(preposition)，也可以用以表目的，但其後只能跟名詞作其受詞(object)
e.g.
He came here for some water.
他來這兒是為了一些水。
但以下兩種說法都是正確的：
" ˇ "A saw is used for cutting wood.
" ˇ "A saw is used to cut wood.
在go, come後面表示目的的不定詞。在go, come後表示目的的動詞一般以不定詞表示：
e.g.
He went to France to learn French.
他去法國學習法語。
She came here to buy diamonds.
她來這兒為了買鑽石。

** DAY 69 **
e. 不定詞可以跟在某些描述人的情感，態度的詞後面。這些常見的形容詞有：
glad, happy, pleased, lucky, fortunate, sorry, proud, ashamed, ready, eager, willing, determine
d, delighted, content, careful, sad, upset, disappointed, anxious, afraid, e.g.
I'm very glad to hear that.
聽到那件事我很高興。
I feel happy to receive your gifts.
收到你的禮物我很高興。
I am very pleased to see your work.
看到你所做的工作我很高興。
You are lucky to get such a good job.
你得到這樣一份工作算很幸運了。
I'm sorry to disturb you.
很抱歉打擾你了。
They felt sad to hear that bad news.
聽到那件不好的消息，他們感到悲傷。
He was upset to break the window.
他打破了窗子，很是不安。

** DAY 70 **
e. 後面不帶to的不定詞的動詞及用語(bare infinitive)
1. 表感覺的動詞及其使用。這類動詞一般有：see, notice, watch, look at, observe, hear, listen to,
feel, smell.它們後面若跟不定詞(infinitive), 不定詞是不帶"to"的。
e.g.
I saw a dog run across the road.
我看見一條狗跑過馬路。
I didn't notice him take away the chair.
我沒注意他搬走了我的椅子。
I heard the rain fall on the roof.
我聽到雨水落在屋頂。
I heard her sing.
我聽見了她唱歌。
115
I listen to him lecture.
我聽他演講。
下面說法是錯誤的：
I saw a dog to run across the road.
I didn't notice him to take away the chair.
I heard the rain to fall on the roof.
I heard her to sing.
I listen to him to lecture.
但是在被動態中，要帶to. (feel, smell等不能用於被動語態)
e.g.
He was seen to enter the office.
他被看見進入了辦公室。
She was heard to sing.
她唱歌被聽到了。
He was heard to say the minister had been bribed.
他說那個議員被賄賂被聽到了。

** DAY 71 **
f. Make, Have, Get 後面跟不定詞的用法：
結構為：甲(subject)+ 動詞(makes/has)+ 乙(object)+do sth
及：甲(subject)+ 動詞(get)+ 乙(object)+to do sth.
從上面結構中可以看出，make, have後面的不定詞不能帶to,而get後面的不定詞卻要帶to. 但是若它們用於
被動語態(passive voice),不定詞前面要帶to.
e.g.
He made me type it again.
他讓我重打一遍。
I was made to type it again.
我不得不再打一遍。
I made my brother carry my suitcase.
我讓我弟弟為我拿衣箱。
I had him stand outside.
我讓他站在外面。
I get him to fetch some chalks.
我叫他去取些粉筆回來。
My son was made to clean the classroom.
我兒子被派去清潔教室。
I had the plumber repair the leak.
我讓鉛管工人修理漏縫。
He had the waiter bring them some coffee.
他讓侍應生給他們取一些咖啡。
The students got the teacher to dismiss class early.
學生們讓老師提前下課。

** DAY 72 **
g. 動詞let, help後面的不定詞形式：let (讓…)後面的不定詞不能帶to(即bare infinitive),而且它一般
不用於被動語態(passive voice).Help後面的不定詞可以帶to,也可以不帶to.它一般也不用被動語態。
e.g.
Let him go.
讓他走。
Let it be.
別理它。
I let my friend borrow my bicycle.
我讓我朋友借我的單車。
My father lets me go to see a film.
我父親讓我去看一場電影。
My brother helped me wash clothes.
我哥哥幫我洗衣服。
I helped my mother to do housework.
我幫我媽媽做家務。
h.當不定詞用於do+anything/nothing/everything之後時，but及except後面接不帶to的不定詞(bare infini
tive)：
116
e.g.
I can do nothing but wait at home.
除了在家裡等以外，我無法做任何事。
He did nothing but complain.
他除了抱怨以外，什麼也沒有做。
This dog can do everything but speak.
除了不能說話以外，這條狗可以做一切事情。
Can't you do anything but ask silly questions?
除了問一些愚蠢的問題外，你還能做別的嗎？
i. 若兩個不定詞用and來連接，第二個不定詞的to通常省略。
I am eager to sit in the garden and do some reading.
我很想坐在花園裡讀讀書。
I want you to stand by me and hold the torch.
我要你站在我旁邊拿著火把。

** DAY 73 **
j. 不定詞(infinitive)與動名詞的比較：
1. 有一些動詞，後面只能跟動名詞，它們是：
admit
He admitted stealing my TV set.
advise
I advised going to swim.
avoid
He avoided meeting me.
complete
I finally completed writing my term paper.
consider
I will consider attending your meeting.
delay
I delayed answering you owing to the pressure of work.
deny
He denied committing the crime.
discuss
They are discussing opening a new business.
dislike
I dislike riding a train.
enjoy
I enjoy reading.
finish
She had finished working at ten.
can't help
He can't help laughing.
keep
He keeps hoping his daughter will return home.
mind
Would you mind shutting the door?
miss
I miss being home now.
postpone
Let's postpone leaving till this evening.
practise
She is practising speaking English.
suggest
He suggested going hunting.
risk
He risks losing all his money and his life.
2. 有一些動詞後面常跟不定詞(infinitive)它們是：
afford
I can't afford to buy so expensive a watch.
agree
My son agreed to come back on time.
117
appear
She appeared to be tired.
arrange
I'll arrange to meet my friend at the station.
ask
He asked to go with me.
beg
He begged to come with us.
care
I don't care to see that play.
claim
She claims to know a famous popstar.
consent
He consented to go.
decide
I decided to give it up.
demand
I demand to know when we will start.
deserve
She deserves to win the prize.
expect
She expects to see her husband.
fail
He failed to pass the exam.
hesitate
Don't hesitate to ask for my help.
hope
We hope to see you soon.
learn
He learned to play football.
manage
He managed to come on time.
offer
They offered to help me.
plan
They plan to have a picnic.
prepare
We prepare to welcome our guest.
pretend
They pretended to be sleeping.
promise
I promised not to be late.
refuse
He refused to answer my questions.
seem
They seem to be tired.
struggle
I struggle to keep calm.
wish
He wished to come with us.
want
I want to have a talk with you.
wait
I will wait to hear from you.
volunteer
They volunteer to help the old men.

** DAY 74 **
3. 有些動詞既可以跟動名詞(gerund)，又可以跟不定詞(infinitive)，但表達的意義上有些差別，這些動詞
通常有regret, remember, forget, mean, stop, try 及go on, be afraid.
Regret:
118
I regret spending so much money.
(=I spent so much money so I regret.)
spend 發生在regret 動作之前：我真後悔，花了這麼多錢。
I regret to say that you failed in this exam.
(= I regret, for I will say that you failed in this exam.)
我很遺憾地告訴你這次考試你不及格。
Remember:
I remember shutting the door.
= I remember that I have to shut the door.
我記得已關了門。
Remember to shut the door!
= I remember that I have to shut the door.
記得要關門。
(此句表示門仍未關上)。
Forget:
I forget locking the door.
= I have locked the door, but I forget it.
我忘記了我已鎖門。
(意思是我有鎖門，但我忘記了這件事。)
I forget to lock the door.
= The door is not locked, for I forget this.
我忘記了鎖門。
Mean:
War means destroying.
戰爭意味著毀滅。
Most of the girls who were not betrothed meant to be teachers.
許多還未訂婚的女孩打算去當老師。
Stop:
The students stopped shouting when they saw their teacher coming.
學生們一見到老師來了，就停止了喧嘩。
The students stopped to read aloud when they saw their teacher coming.
學生們一見老師來了，就開始朗讀。
After walking for 50 minutes, we stopped to take a rest.
步行了50分鐘，我們停下來，然後休息一會。
Try:
This way failed, so I tried doing it in another way.
這種辦法行不通，我於是試著用另外一種辦法。
I'm trying to learn English.
我正努力學習英語。
Go on :
After finishing a letter to her husband, she went on to do some housework.
她給她丈夫寫完信以後，接著做一些家務。(前後做的不屬於同一件事。)
After a rest, she went on doing the housework.
休息了一會兒，她繼續做家務。(前後指的是同一件事。)

Exercise 5
根據所給句子表達的意思，按題目之要求，把其改為主動句(active)和被動句(passive)。
Example:
The manager said to me, "You may leave early." (permit)
A: The manager permitted me to leave early.
P: I was permitted to leave early.
1. The secretary said to me, "Please give this note to Wangxen." (ask)
秘書對我說："請把這個通知給王欣。" (active)
Answer: The secretary asked me to give this note to Wangxen.
2. My tutor said to me, "You should take French as your second language."(advise)
我的導師對我說："你的外語應選法語。" (active)
Answer: My tutor advised me to take French as my second language.
3. When I went to the traffic court, the judge said to me, "You must pay a thirty-dollar fine."
(order)
當我去交通法庭時，法官對我說："你必須付30元的罰款。" (passive)
Answer: When I went to the traffic court, I was ordered by the judge to pay a thirty-dollar fin
119
e ./When I went to the traffic court, I was ordered to pay a thirty-dollar fine by the judge.
4. During the class, the teacher said to Greg, "Keep your eyes on the blackboard."(warn)
上課期間，老師對Grey說："眼睛看著黑板。"(active)
Answer: During the class, the teacher warned Grey to keep his eyes on the blackboard.
5. At the meeting, he said to the faculty, "Don't forget to turn in your grade reports by 15t
h." (remind)
在會上他對大家說："別忘了在15號之前把你們的成績報告交回來。" (active)
Answer: At the meeting, he reminded the faculty to turn in their grade reports by 15th.
6. I said to the children, "Be quiet!" (tell)
我對這些孩子說："安靜！" (passive)
Answer: The children were told to be quiet by me./The children were told by me to be quiet.
7. The hijacker said to the driver, "Don't stop here. " (force)
那個劫持者對司機說："別在這兒停下。" (passive)
Answer: The driver was forced by the hijacker not to stop there./The driver was forced not to s
top there by the hijacker.
8. The teacher said to me, "Speak slowly and clearly. " (encourage)
老師對我說："說慢而清楚些。" (passive)
Answer: I was encouraged to speak slowly and clearly by the teacher./I was encouraged by the te
acher to speak slowly and clearly.

Exercise 6
將下面以動名詞(Gerund)作主詞(subject)的句子改寫為"it + v + adj + infinitive..."結構的句子。
e.g.
Teasing animals is cruel.
It is cruel to tease animals.
1. Finding their house was not easy.
要找到他們房屋不是件容易的事。
Answer: It was not easy to find their house.
2. Voting in every election is important.
在每次選舉中投票是很重要的。
Answer: It is important to vote in every election.
3. Hearing the other side of the story would be interesting.
聽一聽故事的另一面很有趣。
Answer: It would be interesting to hear the other side of the story.
4. Mastering a second language takes time and patience.
再精通一門外語既費時間又要耐心。
Answer: It takes time and patience to master a second language.
5. Driving to Atlanta will take us more than nine hours.
駕車去Atlanta要花我們九個多小時。
Answer: It will take us more than nine hours to drive to Atlanta.
6. Diving from a high cliff into the sea takes courage.
從高崖上跳入海中要有勇氣。
Answer: It takes courage to dive from a high cliff into the sea.
7. Floating in water for a long time is not easy for me.
要在水中漂游很久對我實在不容易。
Answer: It is not easy for me to float in water for a long time.
8. Seeing Joan awake early in the morning is unusual.
若看到Joan早晨很早就醒來，還真反常。
Answer: It is unusual to see Joan awake early in the morning.
9. Meeting the king and queen was exciting.
遇到國王和王后很令人激動。
Answer: It was exciting to meet the king and queen.

Exercise 7
改正下列句子中的錯誤：
1. Helen borrowed my dictionary for look up the meaning of a verb.
Helen借我的詞典去查尋一個動詞的詞意。
Answer: Helen borrowed my dictionary to look up the meaning of a verb.
2. I went to the library for to study last night.
昨晚我去圖書館溫習。
Answer: I went to the library to study last night.
120
3. I opened the window for getting some fresh air in the room.
我把窗戶打開，以便屋子裡流通一些新鮮空氣。
Answer: I opened the window to get some fresh air in the room.
4. I came to this school for learn English.
我來這所學校是為了學習英語。
Answer: I came to this school to learn English.
5. I need to get a part-time job for to earn some money for my school expenses.
我需要找一份兼職工作，賺些錢作讀書費用。
Answer: I need to get a part-time job to earn some money for my school expenses.

Exercise 8
用不定詞完成下列句子。
1. I was glad # # (get) a letter from my father.
Answer: to get
2. I was relieved # # (find out) there was no danger.
Answer: to find out
3. Sue is lucky # # (be) alive after the accident.
Answer: to be
4. The children are anxious # # (go) to the circus.
Answer: to go
5. The teacher is always willing # # (teach) us.
Answer: to teach
6. The students are motivated # # (study) English.
Answer: to study
7. Sally is proud # # (be) the top student in her class.
Answer: to be
8. I am afraid # # (be) at home alone.
Answer: to be

Exercise 9
從所給出詞語中選一個最恰當的詞，用不定詞形式完成下列各句。
% a. chase
% b. take off
% c. look at
% d. come
% e. ring
% f. shake
% g. knock
% h. land
% i. sing
1. I saw the policeman # # the thief.
Answer: a
2. There happened an earthquake last night. It was just a small one, but I could feel the groun
d # #.
Answer: f
3. I want to # # the bell.
Answer: e
4. A suspicious-looking person was observed to # # into the bank.
Answer: d
5. I heard someone # # on the door.
Answer: g
6. The boy enjoys listening to the birds # # early in the morning.
Answer: i
7. He said he had noticed Max # # another students paper during the exam.
Answer: c
8. I watched from the top of the mountain some planes # a # and # b #.
Answer: a. h b. b

Exercise 10
用括號內所給動詞的適當形式完成下列句子。
1. The teacher has us a research paper. (write)
121
Answer: The teacher has us write a research paper.
2. I made my son the windows.(wash)
Answer: I made my son wash the windows.
3. Jim got some kids in the neighbourhood his garage. (clean)
Answer: Jim got some kids in the neighbourhood to clean his garage.
4. My boss made me my project because he wasn't satisfied with it. (redo)
Answer: My boss made me redo my project because he wasn't satisfied with it.
5. I got Mary me her bike. (lend)
Answer: I got Mary to lend me her bike.
6. I had a photographer some pictures of everyone in the office. (take)
Answer: I had a photographer take some pictures of everyone in the office.

Exercise 11
用括號內所給動詞的適當形式完成下列句子。
1. The sad expression on her face made everyone (feel) # # sorry for her.
Answer: feel
2. It is foolish (ignore) # # physical ailments.
Answer: to ignore
3. Jean sat there (watch) # a # the ducks (swim) # b # in the pond.
Answer: a. to watch b. swim/swimming
4. Why didn't you let him (make) # # up his own mind?
Answer: make
5. I didn't know how to get to the bank, so I had him (draw) # # a map for me.
Answer: draw
6. It is too hot and the work is very hard. I can feel sweat (trickle) # # down my back.
Answer: trickle/tricking
7. I helped my cousin (move) # # into my apartment.
Answer: to move/move
8. The horse was made (carry) # # a very heavy box.
Answer: to carry
9. I asked him (be) # a # quiet for a minute and (listen) # b # to what I would say.
Answer: a. to be b. listen
10. If you hear any news, I want (know) # # immediately.
Answer: to know

** DAY 75 **
Exercise 12
用括號內所給動詞的正確形式完成下列各句。
1. I always remember (turn) # # off all the lights before I leave my house.
Answer: to turn
2. I can remember (be) # # very proud and happy when I graduated.
Answer: being
3. What did you forget (do) # # before you went to office this morning?
Answer: to do
4. "Why are you washing the dishes again? You forget # # (wash) it this morning?" mother a
sked Tom.
Answer: washing
5. I regret(inform) # # you that your loan application has not been approved.
Answer: to inform
6. I regret (not listen ) # # to your advice, you are right.
Answer: not listening
7. When I have questions to ask him, he always tries (explain) # # the problem as clearly
as possible.
Answer: to explain
8. The soldiers were ordered (stand) # # still.
Answer: to stand
9. The book seller refused (take) # a # a check, he wanted me (pay) # b # in cash.
Answer: a. to take b. to pay
10. They are discussing (postpone)# # the next meeting until March.
Answer: postponing
11. Peter avoided (look) # a # at the teacher, for he didn't want # b # (answer) the ques
122
tion.
Answer: a. looking b. to answer
12. I don't mind (wait) # # for you.
Answer: waiting
13. When do you expect (leave) # # on your trip?
Answer: to leave
14. Keep (talk) # #, I'm listening to you.
Answer: talking
15. You mentioned (go) # a # to the market later today. I wonder if you're still planning(go)
# b #.
Answer: a. going b. to go
16. Could you please stop (whistle)# a #? I'm trying (concentrate) # b # on my work.
Answer: a. whistling b. to concentrate
17. Fred suggested (go) # a # (ski) # b # this weekend.
Answer: a. going b. skiing
18. She decided (quit) # a # her present job and (look for) # b # another one.
Answer: a. to quit b. look for
19. Baker volunteered (bring) # # some food to the reception.
Answer: to bring
20. Julie finally admitted (be)# # responsible for the accident.
Answer: being
21. They struggled (pull) # # the car out of the mud.
Answer: to pull
22. My father reminded me (get up ) # # at seven o'clock.
Answer: to get up
23. I don't recall ever (hear) # # you mention his name before.
Answer: hearing
24. I can't help you (repair) # # your bike.
Answer: to repair/repair
25. Fred claims (be) # # a descendant of George Washington.
Answer: to be
26. He wants (like) # a # and (trust) # b # by everyone.
Answer: a. to be liked b. trusted
27. (Live) # # in a city has both advantages and disadvantages.
Answer: Living
28. We are very pleased (accept) # # your invitation.
Answer: to accept
29. I'm prepared (answer) # # any questions that might be asked during my job interview to
morrow.
Answer: to answer
30. Keep on (do) # a # whatever you were doing. I didn't mean (interrupt) # b # you.
Answer: a. doing b. to interrupt

** DAY 76 **
U. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
條件句式
條件句(Conditional Sentence)表示在某情況下將要發生，可能發生或可能發生了的事情的句子。
條件句一般由兩部分構成：一部分是主句(main clause)，另一部分是從屬子句(subordinate clause)或
叫條件子句(conditional clause)，子句部分由"if"來引導。
注：在複合句(complex sentence)中，(一句中有多個動詞即叫複合句。)說出複句主要意思的句子叫主句(mai
n clause)，具解釋、補充說明作用的叫從屬子句(subordinate clause)e.g.
I woke up late this morning because it was a holiday.
今早我遲起床，因為今天是假期。
"I woke up late this morning"便是主句(main clause). 而"because it was a holiday"便是子句(subord
inate clause)，因為從屬子句具解釋之作用。
a. 條件句可分為四類：
1. 表示一定發生的。
2. 表示可能發生的。
3. 表示未必可能或不可能發生的。
4. 在過去沒有實現或完成的。
1. 表示一定能發生的
123
 這種條件句主要表述一個普遍的客觀規律或事情。它所指的原因是確定的，且表示原因和結果，在這種
情況下，主句(main clause)和從屬子句(subordinate clause)都用一般現在時態。
Example:
If you don't get enough sleep, you feel tired.
假如你睡眠不夠，就會感到疲倦。
If you drop eggs, they break.
如果把蛋掉在地上，它們就會打爛。
If a student is in trouble, he asks his teacher for help.
如學生有困難，他就會向老師求助。
If I am cold, I put on more clothes.
如果我感到冷，我會多穿些衣服。
注意, 以上If引導的從屬子句(subordinate clause)與主句 (main clause)位置可以調換。
Examples:
You feel tired if you don't get enough sleep.
The eggs break if you drop them.
I put on more clothes if I am cold.

** DAY 77 **
2. 表示可能發生的
此時用IF引導的條件子句所指的條件很可能發生，但不一定發生。在此種情況下IF子句用一般現在時態，
主句用一般將來時態。
Examples:
If weather permits, we will have our competition as scheduled.
若天氣許可的話，我們的比賽將如期舉行。
If Tom doesn't do his homework, Alice will tell his parents.
如果湯姆不做功課，艾麗斯會告訴他的家長。
If she fails her test one more time, she will have to see the principal.
若她測驗再不及格，她將要見校長。

** DAY 78 **
3. 表示未必可能或不能發生的.
1. 假想與現在事實相反。
這種由IF引導的從屬子句(subordinate clause)表達的假想與現在或將來相連繫，又未必會發生的。在
此情況下，我們在IF從句中用一般過去時態，在主句中用would/should/could/might+動詞原形。
Examples:
If I were a student, I would study hard.
(but, in fact, I am not a student)
假如我是學生的話，我會努力學習。
(但事實上，我現在不是學生。)
If she were hard working enough, she could get a place in the university.
(but, in fact, she is very lazy.)
如果她更加用功的話，她就能進大學讀書。
(但事實上，她十分懶惰。)
If she had a chance to further her studies, she would choose law.
(but, in fact, she does not have such a chance.)
假如她有機會繼續學業，她會選修法律。
(但事實上，她沒有此機會。)
If he came here early, he would catch the bus.
(but, in fact, he doesn't come here early)
如果他來這兒早點，他會趕上公共汽車。
(而實際上，他來得不早。)
2. 表示未必可能或不可能發生的。
此情況下由IF引導的從句所指的條件很不可能或未必可能發生。在這裡IF從句是由主詞+Were +不定式(i
nfinitive)構成，而主句由主詞+ would/should/could/might +動詞原形構成。
If a student were to talk in the class, Mr. Wong would ask him to stand up.
如果有學生敢在課室上談話，王老師會命令他站起來。
If she were to meet a thief, she would scare to death.
假若她遇見一個賊，她會驚惶失措。
If I were to be elected as the President of the United States, I would surely reduce the tax ra
te.
假若我被選為美國總統，我將會減低稅率。
124
** DAY 79 **
4. 過去沒有實現的或未完成的。
這種條件句用來表示的條件完全是假想中的，它所指的在過去未實現的，未完成的，這種條件句中，IF子句
用過去完成時態(past perfect tense)，而主句用would, should, could, might + have + 動詞過去分詞(p
ast participle)。
Examples:
If he had worked hard, he might have passed the examination.
如果他過去學習努力點，他已通過了這次考試。
(but, in fact, he didn't work hard)
但事實上，他不曾努力學習過。
If the weather had been nice yesterday, we could have gone to climb the mountains.
如果昨天天氣好的話，我們可能去爬山了。
(but, in fact, the weather was not nice)
但事實上，昨天天氣不好。
If he had studied hard, he wouldn't have failed the examination.
如果他有努力讀書的話，就不會考試不及格。
(but, in fact, he didn't study hard)
If the teacher had been here, I would have asked him for help.
如果老師在這裡，我已向他求助了。
(but, if fact, the teacher was not here)
但事實上，當時老師不在這兒。
注意：
有時，在條件句(conditional sentence) 中，IF可以省略，但此時條件子句中必須用倒裝。
Examples:
If you had obeyed the orders, this disaster would not have happened.
如果你遵守了這項規則，這次災難就不會發生了。
= Had you obeyed the orders, this disaster would not have happened.
If you had taken my advice, you would not have got into trouble.
假如你接受了我的忠告，你就不會陷入困境了。
= Had you taken my advice, you would not have got into trouble.

Exercise 1
仿照例句，用括號內的字或詞回答下列問題
Example:
What do you do if you are cold? (put on more clothes)
If I am cold, I put on more clothes.
1. What does one usually do if one is happy? (laugh)
Answer: If one is happy, one laughs./One laughs if one is happy.
2. What do you do if you are sick? (see a doctor)
Answer: If I am sick, I see a doctor./I see a doctor if I am sick.
3. What do you do if you are thirsty? (drink some water)
Answer: If I am thirsty, I drink some water./I drink some water if I am thirsty.
4. What do you do if you are sad? (cry)
Answer: If I am sad, I cry. /I cry if I am sad.
5. What do you do if you are tired? (take a rest)
Answer: If I am tired, I take a rest./I take a rest if I am tired.

Exercise 2
仿照例句，用括號內之字或詞，回答下列各題。
Example:
What will you do if your parents are out? (do the cooking myself)
If my parents are out, I will do the cooking myself.
1. What will you do first if you see a ghost? (scream)
Answer: If I see a ghost, I will scream./I will scream if I see a ghost.
2. What will you do if you lose your purse? (report to the police)
Answer: If I lose my purse, I will report to the police./I will report to the police if I lose
my purse.
3. What will you do first if you win twenty thousand dollars in a bet? (buy a new T.V. set)
Answer: If I win twenty thousand dollars in a bet, I will buy a new T.V. set./I will buy a new
T.V. set if I win twenty thousand dollars in a bet.
125
4. What subject will you choose if you are admitted by the university? (choose philosophy)
Answer: If I am admitted by the university, I will choose philosophy./ I will choose philosophy
if I am admitted by the university.
5. Which channel will you watch if you have another T.V. set? (English Channel)
Answer: If I have another T.V. set, I will watch the English Channel./I will watch the English
Channel if I have another T.V. set.

Exercise 3
仿照例句，用括號內之字或詞回答下列各題。
Example:
What would you do if you were a famous singer? (hold many concerts)
If I were a famous singer, I would hold many concerts.
假若我是一位著名歌手，我會舉行多場演唱會。
1. Where would you like to go if you had a chance? (New York)
Answer: If I had a chance, I would like to go to New York./I would like to go to New York if I
had a chance.
2. What subject would you choose if you had a chance to choose one more subject? (science)
Answer: If I had a chance to choose one more subject, I would choose science./I would choose sc
ience if I had a chance to choose one more subject.
3. What would you do if you lost your schoolbag? (report to my form teacher)
Answer: If I lost my schoolbag, I would report to my form teacher./I would report to my form te
acher if I lost my schoolbag.
4. Which singer would you like to meet if you had the chance? (Anita Mui)
Answer: If I had a chance, I would like to meet Anita Mui./I would like to meet Anita Mui if I
had a chance.
5. What would you do if you met the Governor? (shake hands with him)
Answer: If I met the Governor, I would shake hands with him./I would shake hands with him if I
met the Governor.

Exercise 4
參考例句，用括號內之字或詞回答下列各題。
Example:
What would you do first if you were to have ﹩1,000,000. (buy a car)
If I were to have ﹩1,000,000, I would buy a car.
1. What would you buy first if you had one billion dollars? (a new flat)
Answer: I would buy a new flat first if I had one billion dollars./If I had one billion dollars,
I would buy a new flat.
2. Which country would you go to if you had a free ticket? (England)
Answer: I would go to England if I had a free ticket./If I had a free ticket, I would go to Eng
land.
3. What would you do if you were to be the new governor of Hong Kong? (do my best to help the e
lderly)
Answer: I would do my best to help the elderly if I were to be the new governor of Hong Kong./I
f I were to be the new governor of Hong Kong, I would do my best to help the elderly.
4. Which sex would you choose to be if you were to be reborn? (a male)
Answer: I would choose to be a male if I were to be reborn./If I were to be reborn, I would cho
ose to be a male.
5. When would you leave if you were to have a chance to emigrate? (in 2008)
Answer: I would leave in 2008 if I were to have a chance to emigrate./If I were to have a chanc
e to emigrate, I would leave in 2008.

Exercise 5
仿照例句，用括號內之字或詞，回答下列各題。
Example:
What would have happened if the bus had waited for you? (not be late)
If the bus had waited for me, I would not have been late.
如果車子等了我一下，我就不會遲到了。
1. What would you have done if you had taken the wrong bus? (be late for the party)
Answer: I would have been late for the party if I had taken the wrong bus./If I had taken the w
rong bus, I would have been late.
2. What would you have done if you had not taken part in the competition last night? (watch a m
126
ovie with Peter)
Answer: I would have watched a movie with Peter if I had not taken part in the competition last
night./If I had not taken part in the competition last night, I would have watched a movie with
Peter.
3. What kind of job would you have done if you had learned Japanese? (a tourist guide)
Answer: I would have been a tourist guide if I had learned Japanese./If I had learned Japanese,
I would have been a tourist guide.
4. Which singer would you have met if you had had a choice? (Jacky)
Answer: I would have met Jacky if I had had a choice./If I had had a choice, I would have met J
acky.
5. What would have happened if you had won the Mark six? (go mad)
Answer: I would have gone mad if I had won the Mark six./If I had won the Mark six, I would hav
e gone mad.

** DAY 80 **
Exercise 6
選擇最合適之答案，並將其英文字母輸入。
Example:
If you #---# a house three months ago, it would have cost you much less than now.
A. bought
-->B. had bought
C. were to buy
D. should buy
1. If Sally should have dinner at our restaurant, we # # her a discount.
A. would have given
B. give
C. will give
D. might give
Answer: C
2. If you hadn't reported to the police, everyone in the bank # # in robbery.
A. will die
B. might die
C. would die
D. would have died
Answer: D
3. If Tom were to study harder, he # # able to pass the test.
A. is
B. would have been
C. might be
D. will be
Answer: C
4. If you drop this porcelain vase, it # #.
A. smash
B. will smash
C. would smash
D. would have smashed
Answer: B
5. I # # a letter to my friend, John if I had a pen.
A. shall write
B. will write
C. would have written
D. could write
Answer: D
6. If you # # to give me a lift, I will give you a kiss!
A. would promise
B. would have promised
C. promise
D. had promised
Answer: C
7. If Fanny # # more interested in tennis, I am sure she could make a great tennis player.
A. had
127
B. would have been
C. were
D. had been
Answer: C
8. If Patrick had been taller, he # # to get a job as a policeman.
A. tried
B. would have tried
C. would try
D. will try
Answer: B
9. If my grandfather # # alive today, he would be so proud of me.
A. has been
B. is
C. were
D. would be
Answer: C
10. If you put a metal into water, it # #.
A. would have sunk
B. should sink
C. would sink
D. sinks
Answer: D
11. If he left earlier, he # # the car.
A. were to catch
B. could catch
C. can catch
D. could have caught
Answer: B
12. If I # # to be a teacher, my parents would definitely be more than happy.
A. had decided
B. would have decided
C. decide
D. were to decide
Answer: D
13. If you should leave for Japan, please # # me.
A. will tell
B. you should have told
C. tell
D. told
Answer: C
14. If Peter had left, the door # #.
A. would perish
B. will perish
C. perishes
D. would have perished
Answer: D
15. If the dog hadn't barked, I # # the stranger in my yard.
A. hadn't noticed
B. noticed
C. would have noticed
D. would not have noticed
Answer: D
16. The cat # # you if you pull her tail.
A. scratch
B. scratched
C. scratching
D. will scratch
Answer: D
17. If your documents are in order, you # # at once.
A. may leave
B. will leave
C. leave
D. have left
Answer: A
18. If you want to lose weight, you # # less bread.
A. will eat
B. eat
C. should eat
D. should have eaten
Answer: C
19. If you are looking for Peter, you # # him upstairs.
A. find
128
B. found
C. will find
D. would find
Answer: C
20. If I had a map, I # # it to you.
A. lend
B. lent
C. will lend
D. would lend
Answer: D
21. If someone tried to blackmail(勒索)me, I # # the police.
A. telling
B. would tell
C. will tell
D. told
Answer: B
22. If I dyed my hair blue, everyone # # at me.
A. would laughing
B. laughed
C. would laughed
D. would laugh
Answer: D
23. If he # # my advice, he would have been a rich man now.
A. took
B. takes
C. has taken
D. had taken
Answer: D
24. Luckily I was wearing a seat belt. If I # # one I would have been seriously injured.
A. wasn't wearing
B. didn't wear
C. hadn't worn
D. hadn't been wearing
Answer: D
25. If I # # harder at school, I would have worked in a comfortable office.
A. studied
B. have studied
C. had studied
D. study
Answer: C
26. If we had found him earlier we # # his life.
A. had saved.
B. might have saved
C. might save
D. saved
Answer: B
27. The storm delayed us. But for the storm, we # # in time.
A. would be
B. will be
C. were
D. would have been
Answer: D
28. I used my calculator, otherwise I # # much longer time.
A. took
B. have taken
C. had taken
D. would have taken
Answer: D
29. # # he tried to leave the country, he would have been stopped at the frontier.
A. Were
B. Did
C. Had
D. Has
129
Answer: C
30. If I # # a map I would lend it to you.
A. have
B. had
C. had had
D. is having
Answer: B

** DAY 81 **
V. STATEMENTS INTO QUESTIONS
(陳述句變成疑問句)
陳述句(statements)是對某人，某事的陳述；當說話者對某人、某事提出疑問，或表露出不信任、不肯定時，
就採用疑問句(questions) 。
陳述句之例句。
(statements)
1. He is a teacher.
2. You did it well.
3. I have finished my homework.
4. We must leave now.
5. I would rather not tell you.
6. You'd better stay home.
7. I'd like to go fishing.
由於陳述句是多樣的，因此在將陳述句變成疑問句時，方法有所不同。
a.當動詞(Verb) 為Be (is, was, are, were) 時，陳述句變成疑問句是把動詞置於主詞(subject) 前面：
e.g.
1. He is a worker
---- Is he a worker?
他是個工人。
他是個工人嗎?
2. She was an elegant lady.
---- Was she an elegant lady?
她是位文雅的淑女。
她是位文雅的淑女嗎?
3. It is going to rain.
---- Is it going to rain?
下雨了。
下雨了嗎？
4. We are happy.
---- Are you happy?
我們真幸福。
你們幸福嗎?
5. The bridge is made of wood.
這橋是木材做的。
Is the bridge made of wood?
這橋是木材做的嗎?
6. They were very poor.
---- Were they very poor?
他們很窮。
他們很窮嗎?
7. It is Tom.
---- Who is it?
是湯姆.
是誰?
8. It is half past ten.
---- What time is it?
(現在)是十點半。
幾點了?
9. The watch is on the desk.
---- Where is the watch?
錶在桌上。
錶在哪兒?
130
10. I'm late because of the rain.
---- Why are you late?
因下雨，我遲到了。
為什麼你遲到了？
上述10個例句中，1-6屬於陳述句變成一般疑問句，變化中，一般只是將Be動詞提前，只是例(4)中將主詞
We變成了You、其他詞及詞序都不變，變成疑問句後，句尾就由陳述句的句號變成疑問句中的問號。
對於初學英語的人來說，容易犯以下的錯誤：
(1) Be動詞不提前，而直接在句尾加問號：
e.g.
" 〤 "
She was an elegant lady?
(2) 忘記將句尾的句號轉變成問號。
e.g.
" 〤 "
Is the bridge made of wood.
(3) 將Be動詞置於句首時，沒將第一個字母由原來的小寫轉變成大寫。
e.g.
is he a writer?
(7)-(10)是陳述句變成特殊疑問句。其結構是：特殊疑問詞(e.g. who, where, why)+動詞+主詞+其他……
who : 哪一個，表示對人的疑問。
where: 哪裡，什麼地方，表示對地點的疑問。
why : 為什麼，表示對原因的詢問。
b. 當動詞(Verb) 不是Be，而是其他動詞其結構是："助動詞(Do, Does, Did) +主詞+動詞原形+其他"(一般
疑問句)
"特殊疑問詞(How, where, whom)+助動詞(do, does, did)+主詞+動詞原形+其他"(特殊疑問句)
e.g.
1. I like this story.
我喜歡這個故事。
Do you like this story?
你喜歡這個故事嗎？
2. I saw a dog running after me.
我看見一條狗在追我。
Did you see a dog running after you?
你看見了一條狗在追你嗎?
3. She likes reading.
她喜歡讀書。
Does she like reading?
她喜歡讀書嗎？
4. I think this movie is exciting.
我認為這部電影很令人激動。
Do you think this movie is exciting?
(一般疑問句)
你認為這部電影令人激動嗎？
How do you think about this movie?
(特殊疑問句)
你認為這部電影如何？
5. I went home early because my mother was ill.
由於我母親病了，所以我很早就回家去了。
Why did you go home so early?
你為什麼那麼早就回家了？
6. He lives in Shanghai.
他住在上海。
Where does he live?
他住在哪兒？
7. We arrived home at seven o'clock.
我們在七點鐘回到家。
When did you arrive home?
你們什麼時候到家的？
在將結構為"主詞+行為動詞+其他"的陳述句變成"一般疑問句"或"特殊疑問句"時，容易犯的錯誤：
(1) 助動詞跟句子主詞人稱不一致，一般現在式第三人稱單數，助動詞該用Does而誤用Do：
e.g.
131
He likes swimming.
他喜歡游泳。
" 〤 "
Do he like swimming?
" ˇ "
Does he like swimming?
他喜歡游泳嗎？
(2) 助動詞跟陳述句中的動詞(Verb)時態不一致。
e.g.
I lived in Beijing two years ago.
兩年前我住在北京。
" 〤 "
Do you live in Beijing two years ago?
" ˇ "
Did you live in Beijing two years ago?
兩年前你住在北京嗎？
(3) 如果陳述句中的動詞(Verb)是一般現在式的第三人稱單數形式或過去式，變成疑問句後，其主詞動詞沒
有還原成動詞原形：
e.g.
1. He often goes to see his grandmother on Sunday.
他常在星期天去看望他祖母。
" 〤 "
Does he often goes to see his grandmother on Sunday?
" ˇ "
Does he often go to see his grandmother on Sunday?
他常在星期天去看望他祖母嗎？
2. He went home very early yesterday.
昨天他很早回家。
" 〤 "
Did he went home very early yesterday.
" ˇ "
Did he go home very early yesterday?
昨天他很早回家嗎？

** DAY 82 **
c. 當陳述句的動詞(Verb)前有助動詞(Auxiliary Verb) "have (has, had)" 等時，變疑問句時將第一個助動
詞置於句首。
e.g.
1. I have read the book.
我看過這本書。
Have you read the book?
你看過這本書嗎？
2. You have done it well.
你們做得很好.
Have we done it well?
我們做得很好嗎？
3. She has had her hair cut.
她已剪了髮。
Has she had her hair cut?
她剪髮了嗎？
4. He had been waiting there for two hours.
他已在那兒等了兩個小時。
Had he been waiting there for two hours?
他已等了兩個小時嗎？
或特殊疑問句(special questions)
How long had he been waiting there?
他在那兒等多久了？
在這一部分中，容易犯的錯誤：
1. 如果有幾個助動詞，誤將第二個提到主詞前面。
e.g.
I have been waiting here long.
132
" 〤 "
Been you have waiting here long?
" ˇ "
Have you been waiting here long?
2. 在將助動詞提到主詞之前以後，誤將動詞的形態改變，如將過去分詞形式改為動詞原形形式。
e.g.
(1) I have had him go to bed early.
我讓他很早就去睡覺了。
" 〤 "
Have you have him go to bed early?
你讓他很早就去睡覺了嗎？
" ˇ "
Have you had him go to bed early?
(2) He has done the work well.
他工作做得很好。
" 〤 "
Has he do the work well?
他工作做得很好嗎？
" ˇ "
Has he done the work well?
(3) 當助動詞是Has,提到主詞前面時誤將has變為Have.
e.g.
She has seen the film.
她已看過這部電影。
" 〤 "
Have she seen the film?
" ˇ "
Has she seen the film?
d. 當陳述句的結構是"主詞+情態動詞+不帶to的不定式時，變疑問句一般將情態動詞置於句首(情態動詞：mo
dal verbs such as can, may, must)
e.g.
1. I can repair the radio.
我會修理收音機.
Can you repair the radio?
你會修理收音機嗎?
2. You may use my bicycle.
你可以用我的單車。
May I use your bicycle?
我可以用你的單車嗎？
3. You should get up more early.
你應早點起床。
Should I get up more early?
我該早點起床嗎？
4. I dare do it.
我敢做這件事。
Dare you do it?
你敢做這件事嗎？
5. I would rather not tell you.
我真不願告訴你。
Would you rather not tell me?
你不願告訴我嗎？
6. I had better stay at home.
我最好留在家中。
Had I better stay at home?
我最好留在家中嗎？
(e) 但如果情態動詞後接帶"to"的不定式時,不定式符號"to"不能提前。
e.g.
1. You ought to come here early.
你應早點來這兒。
Ought I to come here early?
我應早些來這兒嗎？
133
2. I would like to do some reading.
我很想看看書。
Would you like to do some reading?
你想看書嗎？

** DAY 83 **
(f) 如果陳述句結構是"情態動詞+助詞+動詞的完成式"形式時，變成疑問句時，是將情態動詞提到主詞前面，
而助動詞保持不變：
e.g.
You should have returned my dictionary.
你早該歸還我的詞典了。
Should I have returned your dictionary?
我是不是早就該歸還你的詞典？
在這部分容易犯的錯誤：
1. 變成疑問句時，人稱有些需相應變化而沒變。
e.g.
You shouldn't go with him.
你不該跟他一起去。
" 〤 "
Shouldn't you go with him?
我不該跟他一道去嗎？
" ˇ "
Shouldn't I go with him?
2. 在陳述句結構為"主詞+ would rather +不帶to的不定式"或"主詞+ had better +不帶to"的不定式"時，
誤將"would rather"或"had better"一同提到主詞之前。
e.g.
(1) You'd better see a doctor.
你最好看看醫生。
" 〤 "
Had better I see a doctor?
" ˇ "
Had I better see a doctor?
是不是我最好去看看醫生？
(2) I would rather listen to music.
我寧願聽音樂。
" 〤 "
Would rather you listen to music?
" ˇ "
Would you rather listen to music?
你寧可聽音樂嗎？
3. 如果情態動詞是"ought to", 變疑問句時誤將不定式符號"to"也提到主詞前面。
e.g.
You ought to do it at once.
" 〤 "
Ought to I do it at once?
" ˇ "
Ought I to do it at once?

Exercise 1
請將下面的陳述句變成一般疑問句：
1. There is going to be a concert this evening.
Answer: Is there going to be a concert this evening?
2. There will be some newcomers in our office.
Answer: Will there be some newcomers in your office?
3. He was to do his homework.
Answer: Was he to do his homework?
4. It has been raining for two days.
Answer: Has it been raining for two days?
5. He did say it.
Answer: Did he say it?
6. She sings well.
134
Answer: Does she sing well?
7. She has a good voice.
Answer: Does she have a good voice?/Has she a good voice?
8. I used to get up at six.
Answer: Did you use to get up at six?
9. He has two children.
Answer: Does he have two children?/Has he two children?
10. I have had my watch repaired.
Answer: Have you had your watch repaired?

Exercise 2
請將下面陳述句變成特殊疑問：(劃線之部分為問題之答案。)
1. He goes to see his mother # once a week #.(How often)
Answer: How often does he go to see his mother?
2. He is # twenty #. (How old)
Answer: How old is he?
3. It's # five miles # from his home to the school. (How far)
Answer: How far is it from his home to the school?
4. She lives in # Beijing #. (Where)
Answer: Where does she live?
5. My father is speaking to my # headmaster #. (Whom)
Answer: To whom is your father speaking?
6. I have waited for you for # four hours #. (How long)
Answer: How long have you waited for me?

** DAY 84 **
W. DIRECT & INDIRECT SPEECH
直接引語和間接引語
"直接引語"(Direct speech)就是直接引用說話人所說的話。
e.g.
Tom said, "I will not give it up."
Tom 說："我不會放棄它。"
"間接引語"(Indirect speech)就是通過第三者轉述別人所說的話，又稱複述句。
e.g.
Tom said he would not give it up.
Tom 說他不會放棄它。
a. 直接引語的結構是：
Subject(主詞)+Verb(動詞)，+"Subordinate Clause"(從屬子句)。另起一行在將直接引語變為間接引語
時，由於從屬子句(subordinate clause) 的結構、性質不同，因此變成間接引語的方式也不同，但有一個基本
條件是：從屬子句的動詞時態(The tense of Verb) 要跟主句的動詞時態一致；但如果從屬子句敘述的是客
觀真理，在間接引語中，其動詞(Verb)保持不變。間接引語的結構是：
Subject(主詞)+Verb(動詞)+ Subclause(從屬子句)
b. 直接引語變間接引語：
由於英語句型一般可分為：1.陳述句2.疑問句 3.感歎句 4.祈使句，故直接引語變為間接引語基本上有四種
方式：
1. 當從屬子句是陳述句時：
(1) 當直接引語是一般現在式之時，變間接引語就將一般現在式變為一般過去式，人稱也作相應變化。
e.g.
He said, "My mother loves me very much."
他說："我母親非常愛我。"
---- He said his mother loved him very much.
他說他母親非常愛他。
在這裡直接引語中的謂語動詞loves在間接引語中就變成了loved，人稱代名詞也分別由原來的my, me變
成了his, him.
但是下面情況例外：
e.g.
He said, "The earth moves around the sun."
他說："地球環繞太陽轉。"
---- He said the earth moves around the sun.
他說地球環繞太陽轉。
變成間接引語後，主句謂語動詞之後的冒號及引號去掉，但從屬子句的謂語動詞moves並沒有變成過去式，
135
這是因為： The earth moves around the sun. 是個客觀存在的事實。
e.g.
He said, "Heavy objects and light objects fall at the same speed unless air holds them back."
他說："重的物體和輕的物體以同樣速度落下，除非有空氣的阻力。"
--- He said(that) heavy objects and light objects fall at the same speed unless air holds them
back.
他說重的物體和輕的物體以同樣速度落下，除非有空氣的阻力。
這裡由於從屬子句敘述的是個客觀真理，故變成間接引語後，謂語動詞的時態保持不變，在主句的謂語
動詞said之後可用that引導間接引語也可以不用that引導。

** DAY 85 **
(2) 當直接引語是一般過去式之時，變成間接引語時除直接引語的謂語動詞變成過去完成式以外，時間狀語
也要由ago變成before ：
e.g.
She said, "My mother left here just one hour ago."
她說："我母親一小時前剛離開這兒。"
---- She said that her mother had left there just one hour before.
她說她母親剛好在一小時前離開那兒。
在這裡，直接引語中的my變成了間接引語中的her，副詞here變成了there，"one hour ago"變成了間接引語
中的 "one hour before"。
e.g.
He said, "I bought the pen yesterday."
他說："我昨天買這支鋼筆。"
---- He said he had bought the pen the previous day.
他說他是前一天買那支鋼筆。
e.g.
He said, "I finished this book this morning."
他說："今天上午我就看完了這本書。"
---- He said he had finished that book that morning.
他說他那天上午看完那本書的。
在上面例句中，直接引語中的近指詞如this, these，在間接用語中都變成了遠指詞如that, those.
(3) 當直接引語是將來式時，變成間接引語時就將現在將來式變成過去將來式：
e.g.
Mother said, "I will be away for two days."
母親說："我要離家兩天。"
---- Mother said that she would be away for two days.
母親說她要離家兩天。
e.g.
Father said, "I will leave for Beijing next week."
父親說："下週我將去北京。"
---- Father said he would leave for Beijing a week later.
父親說他將在一週後去北京。
e.g.
My son said, "I will set my bird free tomorrow."
我兒子說："明天我就把鳥兒放了。"
---- My son said he would set his bird free the next day.
我兒子說他將在第二天把鳥兒放了。

** DAY 86 **
(4) 列表比較
Direct Indirect
speech --> speech
this --> that
these --> those
here --> there
today --> that day
yesterday --> the day before, the previous day
the day before yesterday --> two days before
tomorrow --> the next day, the following day
the day after tomorrow --> two days later
one hour ago --> one hour before
136
next week --> the next/following week
next month --> the next/following month
I --> he(she)
we --> they(we)
my --> his(her)
our --> their(our)
you --> I (we)
(5) 容易出現的錯誤:
1. 當直接引語是客觀真理，變成間接引語時誤將從屬子句的謂語動詞也變成了過去式：
e.g.
He said to his students, "The sun is much bigger than the earth."
他對他的學生們說： "太陽比地球大很多。"
--" 〤 "
He said to his students that the sun was much bigger than the earth.
" ˇ "
He said to his students that the sun is much bigger than the earth.
2. 當從屬子句是疑問句時：
(1) 從屬子句是一般疑問句，變成間接引語，要在主句的謂語動詞之後，從屬子句之前加上一個表示選擇的
連接詞whether等，結構是:
主詞+謂語動詞+whether/if +從屬子句(從屬子句的主謂不顛倒)　
e.g.
He asked, "Is it going to rain?"
他問："要下雨了嗎？"
---- He asked whether it was going to rain.
他問是否將下雨。
e.g.
He asked me, "Do you want to go home?"
他問我："想回家嗎？"
---- He asked me whether I wanted to go home.
他問我是否想回家。
e.g.
He asked," Have you finished your work?"
他問："你工作做完了嗎？"
---- He asked whether I had finished my work.
他問我是否已做完了工作。
從上面例句可看出，如果直接引語是一般疑問句，變成間接引語後，它就變成了陳述句語氣，由whethe
r(或者if)引導作主句謂語動詞的受詞。
另一個特點就是這些疑問句都是"Yes/No question."也就是說問者要求答案是"是"或者"不是".即"ye
s"或"no".
(2) 當直接引語是特殊疑問句時。
當直接引語是特殊疑問句時，變成間接引語只是將特殊疑問詞提到從屬子句主詞的前面，而子句的謂語
動詞應放在其主詞之後，結構如下：
主句主詞+主句謂語+特殊疑問詞+子句主詞+子句謂語+其他
e.g.
He asked, "How long have you been in the army?"
他問："你在軍隊裡服役多久？"
---- He asked me how long I had been in the army.
他問我在軍隊服役有多久。
He asked the foreigner, "Where do you come from?"
他問那位外國人："你從哪兒來？"
---- He asked the foreigner where he came from.
他問那位外國人他從哪兒來。
從上面例子可以看出，如果直接引語是特殊疑問句，變成間接引語後應為陳述句語序。原來若有助動詞，
在間接引語中要取消助動詞，如上最後一例，但必須將特殊疑問詞提到從屬子句前面。引導從屬子句作主句謂
語動詞的受詞。
3. 當直接引語是感歎句時：
由於感歎句型是多種多樣的，其中一個顯著特點就是省略，有的省略主詞，有的省略動詞, 有的省略形
容詞或副詞，但無論哪一種省略，在變成間接引語後都必須將省略的成分補充出來，並且句式要作一定的調整。

e.g.
She said, "What a clever boy!"
137
她說："多聰明的一個孩子啊！"
---- She said the boy was very clever.
她說那個孩子非常聰明。
He complained, "How hot it is!"
他抱怨道："天氣好熱啊！"
---- He complained it was too hot.
他抱怨說天氣太熱了。
He cried, "How beautiful the designs are!"
他叫道："多漂亮的圖案啊！"
---- He said the designs were very beautiful.
他說那些圖案非常漂亮。
易犯的錯：
當直接引語是感歎句，變成間接引語易犯的錯誤是將一個感歎句生搬硬套在主句的謂語動詞之後：
e.g.
She said to me, "How handsome you are!"
她對我說："你好英俊！"
--" ˇ "
She said to me that I was very handsome.
她對我說我非常英俊。
--" 〤 "
She said to me how handsome I was.

** DAY 87 **
4. 當直接引語是祈使句時
當直接引語是祈使句時，變成間接引語要變成：
ask sb to do,(表示命令)ask sb not to do sth.(表示禁止)
e.g.
"Don't trouble me!" he said to me.
"別煩我!" 他對我說。
---- He asked me not to trouble him.
他叫我不要煩他。
e.g.
"Don't draw on the walls!" the mother said to her son.
"別在牆上畫！"那位母親對她兒子說。
---- The mother asked her son not to draw on the walls.
那位母親對她兒子說不要在牆上畫畫。
"Keep quiet!" the teacher said to the students.
"保持安靜！"那位老師對學生們說。
---- The teacher asked the students to keep quiet.
那位老師叫學生們保持安靜。
"Follow me! "I said to him.
"跟我學！" 我對他說。
---- I asked him to follow me.
我讓他跟我學。
在這一部分中容易犯的錯誤是對直接引語的否定，在變化過程中誤用為對主句謂語動詞的否定。
e.g.
"Don't drink the dirty water!" I said to my son.
"不要喝髒水！"我對我兒子說。
---- " 〤 "
I didn't ask my son to drink the dirty water.
我沒叫我兒子喝髒水。
---- " ˇ "
I told my son not to drink dirty water.
這樣後者表達的意思同前句表達的意思就完全不同了。總之，無論何種情況，直接引語變為間接引語後意思應
不改變。

Exercise
請將下列間接引語轉變成直接引語：
1. Tom told me that he had graduated from a university five years before.
Answer: Tom said to me, "I graduated from a university five years ago."
2. The boy said he had finished his homework.
138
Answer: The boy said, "I have finished my homework."
3. The driver told me on the phone that he would pick me up at my home.
Answer: The driver said to me on the phone, "I will pick you up at your home."
4. He asked me whether I would lend my dictionary to him.
Answer: He asked me, "Will you lend me your dictionary?"
5. She asked me whether it was going to rain.
Answer: She asked me, "Is it going to rain?"
6. He said my son was very lovely.
Answer: He said, "How lovely your son is !"/He said, "What a lovely boy your son is!"
7. The girl said that the weather was very good for a picnic.
Answer: The girl said, "How good the weather is for a picnic!"
8. Our headmaster asked us not to smoke in the classroom.
Answer: Our headmaster said to us, "Don't smoke in the classroom!"
9. My mother asked me to go home at ten o'clock.
Answer: My mother said to me, "Go home at ten o'clock."
10. Peter asked me to wait for him at the gate.
Answer: Peter said to me, "Will you wait for me at the gate?"

** DAY 88 **
X. PARTICIPLES
分詞
分詞可分為現在分詞和過去分詞
現在分詞(Present Participle)
a. 形式(form)
Verb(動詞)+ ing
但須注意：
1. 當動詞以不發音的字母 e 結尾時，應先去掉 e 再加ing".
love ---- loving
argue ---- arguing
(但字尾是 ee 的動詞除外)
2. 當動詞只有一個母音(即a、e、i、o、u)，且字尾是一個子音時(即非a、e、i、o、u)，要雙寫結尾的字母再加-ing.
hit ---- hitting
run ---- running
如果有兩個或多個音節(syllable) 的動詞最後一個音節符合上述條件且重音(stress) 落在該音節，變現在
分詞時，也要雙寫最後一個字母。
begin----beginning
admit----admitting
3. -ing 可以加在字母是 y 的動詞後面而不影響其串法。
carry----carrying
hurry----hurrying
b. 現在分詞的功能：
1. 作形容詞
(adjective)：譯作中文時，通常有"的"之意。
running water
(流動的水)
boiling water
(沸騰的水)
growing crops
(生長中的穀物)
a crying baby
(一個哭泣中的嬰兒)
2. 現在分詞可構成進行時態(continuous tense)
e.g.:
He is reading.
他在看書。
You have been waiting.
你一直在等。

** DAY 89 **
3. 在感官動詞之後(這些感官動詞包括see，hear，feel，smell 及listen(to) ，notice。)
e.g.:
139
I saw flames rising and heard people shouting.
我看見火焰升起，聽到人群在叫喊。
I heard someone knocking at my door.
我聽到有人在敲我的門。
I smell something burning.
我聞到一些東西被燒著的氣味。
I felt the house shaking.
我感到房屋在搖晃。
I found her lying at the foot of the stairs.
我發現她躺在樓梯下。
I watched them rehearsing the play.
我觀看他們排練那幕劇。
4. 用於 "have +object + present participle" 中
They have their lights burning all night long.
他們讓燈通宵亮著。
= They kept their lights burning all night long.
You had me swimming in a week.
你使得我能在一週內游泳。
= Owing to your efforts I was swimming in a week.
I won't have him shouting in the classroom.
我不允許他在教室內喧嘩。
5. spend / waste + 表時間或金錢用語 + 現在分詞
He didn't spend much time preparing his lessons.
他備課沒花多少時間。
He wasted a whole afternoon trying to repair his watch.
他花了一整個下午想修好他的手錶。
He spent just one hour finishing his homework.
他只用了一個小時就完成他的功課。
He spent a lot of money buying new clothes.
他花了許多錢買新衣服。
6. be busy + 現在分詞(表示忙於做某事)
They are busy packing.
他們忙於包裝。
Everyone is busy earning money.
每個人都忙著賺錢。

** DAY 90 **
7. 現在分詞可取代並列分句和從屬子句。
當同一主詞所做的兩個動作同時發生時，其中一個動作是另一動作的描述，後者就可以用現在分詞來表
示。
He rode away. /He whistled as he went.
他坐車走了。
當他走時他吹著口哨。
He rode away whistling.
他吹著口哨坐車離去了。
這裡whistle 是在rode away 這個動作同時發生且是對rode away 的狀態的描述。另外，Participle可以放在
一句子之開端。表示原因：
(1) I feel good because / as /since I meet my students again.
因為我又見到了我的學生，所以我感到很好。
"I feel good" 是"果"
我感到很好。
"I meet my students"是"因"我遇見了我的學生。
若兩句之主詞(subject)相等，(在這例句中是 "I") 則可以把"因"之句的動詞變為Participle (即v +in
g )即可變為：
---- Meeting my students again, I feel good!
(2) John could hardly see the blackboard because / as / since he forgot to bring his glasses.
由於 John 忘了把眼鏡帶來，所以他幾乎看不見黑板。
---Forgetting to bring his glasses, John could hardly see the blackboard.
表時間：
(1) When the superstar came out of the car, he was greeted by his fans.
當那位超級巨星從車內走出時，受到了他的影迷們的歡迎。
140
---- Coming out of the car, the superstar was greeted by his fans.
(2) When I knew the result of my quiz, I giggled.
我一聽到我測試的結果就傻笑了起來。
---Knowing my quiz result, I giggled.
當比較兩個動作時：
(1) After I had finished my homework, I went to bed.
我做完功課後就去睡覺了。
----可以寫成：
Having finished my homework, I went to bed.
(2) After John had run for 20 metres, he was out of breath.
約翰跑完了二十公尺後，上氣不接下氣。
----Having run for 20 metres, John was out of breath.
注意：
主句和從屬子句之主詞(subject)必須是同一人。
After John had written the letter , Mary typed it.
該句就不能寫成：
" 〤 "
----Having written the letter, Mary typed it.
= (After Mary had written the letter , Mary typed it.)
因此若主句和從屬子句之主詞(subject)不同時，而我們又想用participle ，則要仿照下例：
(1) As it was a bit cold, she decided not to swim.
因為有一些冷，她決定不去游泳。
把"因"之從屬子句主詞(subject)先寫下來，再把動詞轉為Participle，其他則可以保持不變。
It being a bit cold, she decided not to swim.
(2) The rain had stopped, so they continued the trip.
因為雨停了，所以他們繼續旅行。
---The rain having stopped, they continued the trip.

** DAY 91 **
8. 當同一主詞所做的動作緊跟著另一動作時，其中第一個動作可用現在分詞來表示，但這分詞必須置於另一
動詞之前。
e.g.
(1) He put on the cap and went out.
他戴上帽子就出去了。
----Putting on the cap, he went out.
(2) He opened the drawer and took out a revolver.
他打開抽屜，取出一把左輪手槍。
----Opening the drawer, he took out a revolver.
9. 當第二個動作構成第一個動作一部分或是第一個動作的結果時，我們可以用現在分詞來表示第二個動作。
e.g.
(1) I fired, wounding one of the bandits.
我開了槍，擊傷了其中一個強盜。
(2) He went out, slamming the door.
他走出去，(隨後)砰地一聲關上了門。
(3) The boy fell down, striking his head against the door and cutting it.
那個男孩跌倒了，頭撞在門上，受傷了。
句中，slam是go out動作的一部分。
(1)及(3)中，現在分詞表示的動作是第一個分詞動作的結果。

** DAY 92 **
過去分詞(Past participle)
a. 形式：
規則動詞(regular verb) 的過去分詞是在動詞後加 ed / d 構成。
e.g.
work ---- worked
love ---- loved
b. 過去分詞的功能
1. 作形容詞：
e.g.
stolen money
(被偷去的錢)
141
spoken English
(口頭英語)
fallen leaves
(落下的葉子)
a shocked student
(一個受驚的學生)
2. 構成完成時式 (perfect tense)及被動語態 (Passive voice)
e.g.:
(1) I have seen the film.
我已看過這部電影。
(2) My window was broken by your son.
我的窗戶被你的兒子打破了。
3. 過去分詞可取代"主詞(subject) + 動詞被動語態(passive verb)"
e.g.
He entered a house. He was followed by a spy.
---- He entered a house, followed by a spy.
他進入屋內，被一個間諜所跟蹤。
常犯錯誤：
a. 若主詞同時發出或一前一後發出兩個動作時，誤將表伴隨或結果的動詞當作主動詞。
e.g.
(1) He walked away. He sang as he went.
" 〤 "
He sang walking away.
" ˇ "
He walked away singing.
(2) She cried and woke my baby up.
" 〤 "
She woke my baby up crying.
" ˇ "
She cried, waking my baby up.
b. 分詞的主詞與句子主詞不一致時，誤將分詞主詞置於分詞之後：
e.g.
" 〤 "
Being fine the day, we decided to go swimming.
" ˇ "
The day being fine , we decided to go swimming.
但如果分詞的主詞和句子的主詞是同一名詞或代名詞時，分詞前面就不必再加名詞或代名詞：
Being a teacher, he was strict with himself.
作為一個老師，他對自己要求甚為嚴格。
這裡 Being 的主詞與主句主詞 he 指的是同一個人。
c. 對分詞的否定作錯的寫法。
e.g.
" 〤 "
Doesn't knowing how to spell this word, I ask him.
Knowing not how to spell this word, I ask him.
" ˇ "
Not knowing how to spell this word, I ask him.
d. 如果分詞主詞同主句主詞不一致時，省去分詞主詞造成意義上的混亂。
" 〤 "
Being five, his mother died.
這樣句子的意思就變成了：
When his mother was five, she died.
顯然這個句子在邏輯上是矛盾的。如果在分詞前面補出主詞邏輯就對了。
" ˇ "
He being five, his mother died.
" 〤 "
Waiting for a bus, a brick fell on my head.
上面這句按語法分析waiting 的主詞是 a brick ，這顯然是不合乎邏輯的。故應改為：
" ˇ "
As I was waiting for a bus, a brick fell on my head.

142
** DAY 93 **
f. When using this machine, it must be checked.
以上句子分詞using的主詞按邏輯分析應該是某人，可是從字面上分析卻是it，故是錯的：
When you use this machine, it must be checked.
或 When you use this machine, you must check it.
(4) 與present participle 一樣，past participle 亦可放在句首，表示原因。
e.g.
Peter was sent to hospital because /since /as he was bitten by a dog.
= Bitten by a dog, Peter was sent to hospital.
當比較兩個動作時：
e.g.
After Tom had been scolded by Mrs. Lee, he worked much harder.
= Having been scolded by Mrs. Lee, Tom worked much harder.
e.g.
After Tammy had been saved by the policemen, she respected the police very much.
= Having been saved by the policemen, Tammy respected the police very much.

Exercise 1
依照例句改寫句子。
Example:
Every student wants to read that story book which is very interesting.
Every student wants to read that interesting story book.
每個學生都想看那本有趣的故事書。
1. The baby who is sleeping is my son.
Answer: The sleeping baby is my son.
2. Last night, I watched a movie which was terrifying.
Answer: Last night, I watched a terrifying movie.
3. Tom is just a child who is growing.
Answer: Tom is just a growing child.
4. Mark really enjoys the music that is relaxing.
Answer: Mark really enjoys the relaxing music.
5. Mary could not help crying when she read the ending of the story which is so moving.
Answer: Mary could not help crying when she read the moving ending of the story.
6. I tried to forget the news that was disappointing, but I failed.
Answer: I tried to forget the disappointing news, but I failed.
7. The policemen chased the thief who was running.
Answer: The policemen chased the running thief.
8. Have you ever seen a hen that can swim?
Answer: Have you ever seen a swimming hen?
9. The lifeguard tried to save the man who was dying.
Answer: The lifeguard tried to save the dying man.
10. I'm reading a story which moves me.
Answer: I'm reading a moving story.

Exercise 2
用括號內所提供之動詞，以正確時態(Tense)完成下列各句。
1. "Diane can't come to the phone because she (wash) # # her hair."
Answer: is washing
2. Kathy usually sits in the front row in class, but today she (sit) # # in the last row.
Answer: is sitting
3. Please be quiet. I (try)# # to concentrate.
Answer: am trying
4. I wrote to my wife last week. She hasn't answered my letter yet. I (wait, still) # # fo
r a reply.
Answer: am still waiting
5. Jim found his old comic book when he (clean) # # his room.
Answer: was cleaning

Exercise 3
將下列各句改寫成含有現在分詞的句子。
Example ：
143
I heard that she was booking tickets.
I heard her booking tickets.
我聽到她在預訂票子。
1. I heard that she was reading English.
Answer: I heard her reading English.
2. I see that he is shooting at a bird.
Answer: I see him shooting at a bird.
3. I feel that you are trembling.
Answer: I feel you trembling.
4. I noticed that some rats were stealing my rice.
Answer: I noticed some rats stealing my rice.
5. I smelt that some plastics were burning.
Answer: I smelt some plastics burning.

Exercise 4
用括號內所提供的動詞以正確形式完成下列各句。
1. She spent half an hour (dress) # # her baby.
Answer: dressing
2. I wasted two hours (look)# # for my lost key.
Answer: looking
3. He spent a lot of money (modernize)# # his house.
Answer: modernizing
4. I'm busy (prepare)# # my lessons.
Answer: preparing
5. He is busy (talk)# # with the guests.
Answer: talking

Exercise 5
仿照例句, 把下列各句改寫。
e.g.
John was cold, so he put on more clothes.
=> Being cold, John put on more clothes.
1. The neighbours heard a scream, so they called the police.
Answer: Hearing a scream, the neighbours called the police.
2. The students took a rest as / because / since they felt tired.
Answer: Feeling tired, the students took a rest.

Exercise 6
仿照例句，把下列各句改寫。
e.g.
When Peter got his report, he laughed.
=> Getting his report, Peter laughed.
1. When Mary saw Andy Lau, she screamed!
Answer: Seeing Andy Lau, Mary screamed.
2. When the boy heard his mother coming, he pretended to be sleeping.
Answer: Hearing his mother coming, the boy pretended to be sleeping.
3. When Mr. Smith saw that fierce dog, he cried.
Answer: Seeing that fierce dog, Mr. Smith cried.
4. When the children were playing in the mountain, they found a suspicious man.
Answer: Playing in the mountain, the children found a suspicious man.

Exercise 7
將下列各句改寫成含participle 的句子。
1. After I had taken a rest, I went on with my work.
Answer: Having taken a rest, I went on with my work.
2. As he didn't know how to operate the computer, he asked one of his workmates for help.
Answer: Not knowing how to operate the computer, he asked one of his workmates for help.
3. If the weather is fine, we will have a picnic.
Answer: The weather being fine, we will have a picnic.
4. As he did not wake up on time, he was late.
Answer: Not waking up on time, he was late.
144
Exercise 8
1. 從括號內選出適當的詞填充。
1. There are many # # (falling, fallen) leaves on the ground.
Answer: fallen
2. The audience is # #(excited, exciting) by the football match.
Answer: excited
3. If she catches you # # (read, reading) her diary, she'll be furious.
Answer: reading
4. You'd better have your hair # #. (cutting, cut)
Answer: cut
5. They had their lights # # (burning, burnt) all night long.
Answer: burning
6. They are busy # #(preparing, prepared)for the examination.
Answer: preparing
2. 判斷下面的句子是否正確，如果正確，就在括號內打上(T)，如果是錯誤的，就在括號內打上(F)。
1. ( ) Eating his dinner, he rushed out of the house.
Answer: F
2. ( ) Reading the instructions, he snatched up the fire extinguisher.
Answer: F
3. ( ) Failing twice, he didn't want to try again.
Answer: F
4. ( ) Interesting by the film, John went to see the film twice.
Answer: F
5. ( ) Having been warned about the bandits, he left his valuables at home.
Answer: T
6. ( ) Stunned by the blow, Peter fell down.
Answer: T

Exercise 9
從下列每句後面所給的四個答案中選最佳答案，完成句子。
1. # # for 100 meters, David was exhausted!
A. Swum
B. Swimming
C. Having swum
D. Having swim
Answer: C
2. # #, many people go to the beach.
A. The weather being fine
B. The weather having been fine
C. Being fine
D. Fine being
Answer: A
3. # # a teacher for 20 years, Mrs. Wong retired last year.
A. Been
B. Being
C. Having been
D. Having been being
Answer: C
4. # #, our house lost the swimming gala.
A. Have not been properly trained
B. Not having been properly trained
C. Not have been being properly trained
D. Not been trained
Answer: B
5. # # down by that stranger, Tom was furious.
A. Knocked
B. Knocking
C. Having knocking
D. Been knocked
Answer: A
145
6. # # the homework for 5 hours, I took a nap.
A. Having done
B. Does
C. Doing
D. Being done
Answer: A

** DAY 94 **
Y. NOUN CLAUSE
名詞子句
a. 定義：
名詞子句(Noun clauses)具有自己的主詞(subject)和動詞(verb)，但它又可在句中作名詞或代名詞(pro
noun)的作用。
b. 名詞子句的作用
1. 作動詞(Verb)的主詞(Subject)，置於動詞之前。
e.g.
What you said (noun clause/subject) sounds (verb) reasonable.
你說的話聽起來有道理。
Where we will go (noun clause/subject) is (verb) not important.
我們要去哪兒並不重要。
What they are talking about (noun clause/subject) sounds (verb) very convincing.
他們所說的很有說服力。
How the police caught the murderer (noun clause/subject) is (verb) a total mystery to the publi
c.
警方如何逮捕那殺人犯對大眾而言是一個謎。
容易犯的錯誤：
(1) 當句子的主詞是一個名詞子句(Noun clause)時，句子的動詞(Verb)一般用單數形式。
" 〤 "
What you put in the bags (noun clause/subject) are (verb) very heavy.
你放在袋內的東西十分重。
" ˇ "
What you put in the bags (noun clause/subject) is (verb) very heavy.

** DAY 95 **
(2) 名詞子句作主詞，一般用疑問代名詞(如：what, who)和疑問副詞引導(如How, where)，但名詞子句(指n
oun clause)的主詞(subject)和動詞(verb)並不顛倒。
" 〤 "
What are you reading (noun clause) is (verb) a famous fiction.
" ˇ "
What you are reading (noun clause) is (verb) a famous fiction.
你在讀的是一篇著名的小說。
2. 用作動詞(Verb)的受詞(object)
e.g.
I think(verb) it's going to rain.(noun clause/object)
我看要下雨了。
He believed(verb) I was right.(noun clause/object)
他相信我是正確的。
He asked(verb) how old you were. (noun clause/object)
他問你多大年紀了。
We knew(verb) that a typhoon was approaching.(noun clause/object)
我們知道颱風要來了。
容易犯的錯誤：
如果句子的動詞是過去時態，作其受詞的名詞子句的謂語動詞也要隨之變成相應的過去時態，但如果這
個子句敘述的是客觀真理，其動詞時態(tense)就不變。
" ˇ "
He asked if I was hungry.
" 〤 "
He asked if I am hungry.
" 〤 "
He said the sun was bigger than the moon.
" ˇ "
146
He said the sun is bigger than the moon.
3. 用作介詞(preposition)的受詞(object)
e.g.
Your mother is worrying about whether (preposition) you can return safely. (noun clause/object)
你母親正擔心你是否能平安歸來。
She felt very upset about (preposition) what you said to her. (noun clause/object)
她為你告訴她的一切感到不安。
My father was very satisfied with (preposition) what I had achieved. (noun clause/object)
我父親為我所取得的成就感到滿意。
She was frightened by (preposition) what she heard on the radio. (noun clause/object)
她被從收音機上所聽到的事嚇著了。
I'm pleased with (preposition) the way you work.(noun clause/object)
我對你工作的方式感到滿意。
容易犯的錯誤：
(1) 名詞子句作介詞(preposition)的受詞同作動詞受詞一樣，如果主句(main clause)是過去式時，作介詞
受詞的從屬子句也要變成相應的過去時態。但如果主句(main clause)是現在式，也允許作受詞的從屬子句的動
詞用過去式。
" ˇ "
I'm pleased with (preposition) what you said.(noun clause/object)
我對你所說的話感到滿意。
" 〤 "
I was pleased by (preposition) what she says.(noun clause/object)
她所說的話令我高興。
" ˇ "
I was pleased by (preposition) what she said.(noun clause/object)
(2) 誤將引導作受詞的名詞子句的疑問代名詞省略。
" 〤 "
The Emperor was cheated by the man said.
皇帝被那個人說的話騙了。
" ˇ "
The Emperor was cheated by (preposition) what the man said.(noun clause/object)
" 〤 "
His boss was not satisfied with he had achieved.
他的老闆對他所完成的(工作)不滿意。
" ˇ "
His boss was not satisfied with (preposition) what he had achieved. (noun clause/object)

** DAY 96 **
4. 作it的同位語(apposition)，跟在動詞'be', 'seem', 'appear'等後面。
e.g.
It appears that she has failed. (noun clause)
看起來她失敗了。
It turned out that he knew nothing about this matter. (noun clause)
其實他對這件事是一無所知。
It is glad to know that we can go home now. (noun clause)
獲知現在我們就可以回家，真高興。
5. 作名詞的同位語:
名詞子句可用來作一個名詞的同位語，緊跟在該名詞後面，對名詞進一步解釋說明。
e.g.
The news (subject) that the war has come to an end (noun clause) proved untrue.
(關於)戰爭結束了的消息，證明不屬實。
The rumour (subject) that her husband has been killed (noun clause) is untrue.
有關她丈夫被殺了的謠傳是不真實的。
Your suggestion (subject) that we should put off the meeting (noun clause) is right.
你有關我們應當延遲會議的建議是正確的。
常用同位語子句的詞一般有：news, rumor, suggestion, idea, claim, fact, information, plan, propos
al…同位語子句只是對這些名詞作解釋作用，說明其所包含的內容。而不是作修飾限定的作用。引導同位語子句
的詞除that外，還有who, when, where, how.
e.g.
Jack (subject) who was my student (noun clause) has become a very rich businessman.
Jack曾經是我的學生，現已變成非常富有的商人了。
147
I stayed in Beijing for three days when it was raining. (noun clause)
在北京留了三天，其間一直下雨。
My hometown is in Shanghai where there are many beautiful places. (noun clause)
我家鄉在上海，那裡有許多優美的地方。
容易犯的錯誤：
(1) " 〤 "
The idea which we should held another meeting is strongly opposed to by most of the members.
大部分會員也反對重開會議這一提議。
應將句中which改為that.
(2) 主句(main clause)的動詞要跟同位語子句前的名詞在人稱和數上保持一致，而不能同同位語子句的主詞
保持一致。
" 〤 "
The information (main clause) that there are many people in the park (noun clause) are importan
t to us.
" ˇ "
The information (main clause) that there are many people in the park (noun clause) is important
to us.
公園內有許多人的信息對我們很重要。

Exercise 1
將下列每組詞依照例句組成一個有實際意義的句子。
e.g.
disappointing /It is /cannot /to know /be promoted to F.6 /that /John
It is disappointing to know that John cannot be promoted to F.6.
1. It /a famous writer /was /to me /she /occurred /that
Answer: It occurred to me that she was a famous writer.
2. we /on time /can't /seems /reach /It /that /there
Answer: It seems that we can't reach there on time.
3. It/appears/he /pay the price/ is quite willing to /I ask /that
Answer: It appears that he is quite willing to pay the price I ask.
4. without any reason /my invitation/refuses /that /It /insulting /is/he
Answer: It is insulting that he refuses my invitation without any reason.
5. hard /It is /at this time/to say /we /next month /will be /where
Answer: It is hard to say where we will be at this time next month.

Exercise 2
把下面的句子按例句聯成含有同位語子句的句子。
e.g.
Your claim is nonsense. There is an elephant in my house.
---Your claim that there is an elephant in my house is nonsense.
1. The fact could not be denied. He had stolen my watch.
Answer: The fact that he had stolen my watch could not be denied.
2. The idea is obsolete. Son is better than daughter.
Answer: The idea that son is better than daughter is obsolete.
3. The information was important for the hunter. There were two hares on a stone.
Answer: The information that there were two hares on a stone was important for the hunter.
4. Your plan sounds interesting. We should spend this weekend at the beach resort.
Answer: Your plan that we should spend this weekend at the beach resort sounds interesting.
5. The judge's verdict was effective. The murderer should be sentenced to death.
Answer: The judge's verdict that the murderer should be sentenced to death was effective.
6. His claim caused a lot of protests. The subject of English may be cancelled.
Answer: His claim that the subject of English may be cancelled caused a lot of protests.
7. The news made people panic. There was a snake in this room.
Answer: The news that there was a snake in this room made people panic.
8. Your proposal will surely be disapproved. We should give up this examination.
Answer: Your proposal that we should give up this examination will surely be disapproved.

Exercise 3
下列句子都不完整，請把最恰當的名詞子句的代號填在後面括號內。
% A. where the post office is.
% B. that Mr. Clinton was elected the 42nd president of the United States.
148
% C. that they would go shopping.
% D. where my grandfather once lived.
% E. as I was told to do.
% F. that tomorrow will be a holiday.
% G. what your father asked you to do just now.
% H. that he was a famous football star in the past.
% I. that supper will be ready very soon.
% J. whether I have any difficulty in finishing the exercises.
1. Have you started ( )?
Answer: G
2. They said ( ).
Answer: C
3. Will you show me ( )?
Answer: A
4. He always imagined ( ).
Answer: H
5. The news ( ) was broadcast world-wide on T.V.
Answer: B
6. My teacher asked me ( ).
Answer: J
7. The news ( ) makes everyone happy.
Answer: F
8. I will do ( ).
Answer: E
9. The house ( ) will be rebuilt.
Answer: D
10. It appears( ).
Answer: I

** DAY 97 **
Z. Adverbial clause副詞子句
副詞子句(Adverbial clause) 包含有一個主詞和動詞，但它在句中對主動詞(main verb)起修飾、限制
作用，副詞子句分為：
時間副詞子句(adverbial clause of time)，地點副詞子句(adverbial clause of place)，方式副詞子句(a
dverbial clause of manner)及原因副詞子句(adverbial clause of reason)，目的副詞子句(adverbial cl
ause of purpose)，比較副詞子句(adverbial clause of comparison)，讓步副詞子句(adverbial clause o
f concession)，結果副詞子句(adverbial clause of result)。
a. 時間副詞子句(Adverbial clause of time)
時間副詞子句一般由連接詞'when', 'whenever', 'once', 'since', 'while', 'until', 'as soon a
s', 'after', 'before'等引導，也可以用the moment, the minute引導。
e.g.
1) She was overjoyed when she saw her mother again.
當她再次見到她母親時，她欣喜若狂。
2) Whenever he sees rats, he gets goose pimples.
他一見到老鼠，就起雞皮疙瘩。
3) I went to the movie once I had free time.
我一有空閒時間就去看電影。
4) Five years have passed since her mother died.
她母親去世已五年了。
5) He ran until he was breathless.
他一直跑到喘不過氣來為止。
6) As soon as I see her, I will tell her the news.
我一見到她就告訴她這條消息。
7) Soon after he jumps, the parachute will open.
他一跳起來，降落傘就會打開了。
8) Immediately he earns some money, he spends it.
他一賺到錢，隨即就花了。
9) The sooner we start, the sooner we'll be there.
我們啟程越早，到達那兒就越早。
10) Hardly had the performance begun when the light went out.
演出一開始，燈就滅了。
149
11) No sooner had he drunk the coffee than he began to feel drowsy.
他一喝咖啡就感到昏昏欲睡。
容易犯的錯誤：
1. 在時間副詞子句中的將來式要用一般現在式代替。
1) " 〤 "
I'll stay till you will get back.
" ˇ "
I'll stay till you get back.
2) " 〤 "
As soon as I'll have finished, I'll give you a call.
" ˇ "
As soon as I have finished I'll give you a call.
但如果When引導的句子不是時間副詞子句，其後面可用將來式。
e.g.
" ˇ "
He asked when the train would get in.
他問火車何時可以到達。
2. no sooner...than, hardly...when 置於句首引導時間副詞子句時，副詞子句的動詞要採用倒裝式：
1) " 〤 "
No sooner we had started than it began to rain.
" ˇ "
No sooner had we started than it began to rain.
我們一出發，天就開始下雨。
2) " 〤 "
Hardly the speaker had begun to say when he was interrupted.
" ˇ "
Hardly had the speaker begun to say when he was interrupted.
那位發言人一開始演講就被打斷了。
b. 地點副詞子句(Adverbial clause of place)
地點副詞子句一般由'where', 'wherever'連接詞等引導。
e.g.
1) Where there is a will, there is a way.
有志者，事竟成。
2) You can plant the seeds where they will grow best.
你可以把種子種植在其生長最好的地方。
3) Whenever I have any questions, I will turn to Mark.
每當我有問題時，我都去請教Mark。
4) Where there is water and air, there is life.
有空氣和水的地方就有生命。
5) I'm still living where my grandfather lived.
我仍舊住在我祖父曾居住過的地方。
c. 方式副詞子句(Adverbial clause of manner)
方式副詞子句是說明事情是如何辦成，用什麼方式辦成，一般由連接詞'as if', 'as', 'as though'等引導。
e.g.
1) She treats her students as if they were her children.
她待她的學生就如同他們是她的孩子一樣。
2) Tony danced as if he were a robot.
Tony 跳舞跳得像一個機械人。
3) She behaves as a well-educated lady.
她舉止如同一個受過良好教育的女子一樣。
4) He runs as if he were flying.
他奔跑如飛。
5) He behaves as if he were the boss of this company.
他舉止就如同他是這家公司的老闆。
容易犯的錯誤：
" 〤 "
Our company manager treats us as if we are machines.
該句應改為：
" ˇ "
Our company manager treats us as if we were machines.
如果引導句子敘述的是不可能成為事實的假設時，其動詞應採用過去式或過去完成式。
150
e.g.
" ˇ "
They looked as though they had seen a ghost.
" 〤 "
They looked as though they have seen a ghost.

** DAY 98 **
d. 原因副詞子句(Adverbial clause of reason)
原因副詞子句用來說明某件事為什麼會發生，一般由'because', 'since', 'as'等引導。
e.g.
1) Jane didn't attend the meeting as she was ill.
Jane不能出席會議，因為她病了。
2) The plane didn't take off because there was a storm.
因為有風暴，飛機不能起飛。
3) Since you won't take advice there is no point in asking for it.
既然你不願接受建議，就不用問了。
4) I put on the thick jacket as it will be very cold tonight.
由於今晚將很寒冷，所以我穿上這一件厚厚的外套。
5) The old woman feels lonely because her husband has died and her children all left her.
因為她丈夫已死，孩子們又都離去了，這位老太太很感孤獨。
for 也可以用來引導子句(clause)，對主句(main clause)作補充說明作用，但它不是從屬連接詞(subordina
te conjunction),故它與because在用法上有一些區別。
(1) because 引導的子句(subordinate clause)可置於主句(main clause)之前，放在句首，而for引導的子
句卻不能放在句首。
" ˇ "
We stayed home, for it was raining heavily.
因為雨下得很大，故我們就留在家中。
" 〤 "
For it was raining heavily, we stayed at home.
" ˇ "
Because Tod was ill, he didn't go to school.
因為Tod病了，所以他沒有去上學。
" ˇ "
Tod didn't go to school because he was ill.
(2) for引導的子句前面不可用not, but或任何其他的連接詞。
e.g.
He failed in the examination not because he hadn't studied hard but because he fell ill right a
t that time.
他沒考及格，不是因為他沒努力學習，而是因為他恰好在那個時候生病了。
該句中的because不可用for替換。
(3) for 引導的子句不能用以回答由why引起的問題。
e.g.
A: Why were you late?
為什麼遲到了？
B: I was late because something was wrong with my watch.
因為我手錶出了毛病，所以遲到了。
該段對話中的because不能用for替換。
在中文裡，"因為…所以"要前後對應，同時出現，而在英語裡，在同一個句子，"因為"(because), "所
以"(so)卻不能同時用：
" 〤 "
Because it's very hot here in summer, so the air-conditioners sell well.
" ˇ "
Because it's very hot here in summer, the air-conditioners sell well.
因為這裡夏天很熱，所以空調很好賣。
" ˇ "
It's very hot here in summer, so the air-conditioners sell well.
又如：
" ˇ "
As we hadn't any money, we couldn't buy anything to eat.
" 〤 "
As we hadn't any money, so we couldn't buy anything to eat.
151
由於我們沒一點錢，所以我們無法買東西吃。
或：
" ˇ "
We hadn't any money, so we couldn't buy anything to eat.
e. 目的副詞子句(Adverbial clause of purpose)
目的副詞子句是一個由連接詞等引導的從屬子句(subordinate clause)，用以說明某一行為的目的(obje
ctive)，從屬子句中的主詞(subject)可以與主句(main clause )的主詞一致，也可以不同。
e.g.
(1) I get up early so that I could catch the first bus.
我很早就起床了，以便能趕上第一班公共汽車。
主句主詞與從屬子句主詞一致，故該句可以用不定詞(infinitive)形式表達。
I got up early to catch the first bus.
我起床很早是為了趕上第一班公共汽車。
或：I got up early in order to catch the first bus.
或：I got up early so as to catch the first bus.
(2) Ships carry lifeboats so that the crew can escape if the ship sinks.
輪船帶有救生艇是為了若船下沉，船員們能逃生。
(主句主詞與從屬子句主詞不一致)該句不可改為不定詞表達。
目的副詞子句(Adverbial clause of purpose)通常以以下形式表達：
A> ...so that /in order that + subject + will /would /can /could /may /might /should + infiniti
ve(不定詞)......
e.g.
1) Paul studied hard so that he passed the examination.
Paul 努力溫習，結果考試合格。
2) We climbed up to the top of the mountain so that we could see the sea.
我們爬上山頂，以便能見到大海。
3) They ran very fast in order that they might catch the train.
他們跑得很快，希望能及時上車。
4) They wrote the notices in several languages so that foreign tourists could (= would be able
to) understand them.
他們用幾種語言寫出通告，以便那些外國遊客能理解。
5) I will light the fire so that the house will be warm when my parents return.
我要生火，以便我父母回來時房間裡是暖和的。
6) He wrote his diary in cipher so that his wife wouldn't be able to read it.
他用暗語寫日記，以防止妻子讀懂。
7) Criminals usually telephone from public telephone boxes so that the police won't be able to
trace the call.
犯罪分子通常從公用電話亭打電話，以防止警察跟蹤其呼叫。
容易犯的錯誤：
(1) 如果我們想表達:
"為了不讓我離開，他把我的鞋拿走了。
"可以說：He took my shoes so that I couldn't leave the house.
他把我鞋拿走了，為的是不讓我走。
但不可說："He took my shoes so I couldn't leave the house."該句的 意思不同。譯成中文可說：他拿走
了我的鞋子，結果我不能離開那間屋子。
(2) "He turned the radio loud so that everyone could hear the news."與"He turned the radio loud
so everyone could hear the news."不同。前句表示"他把收音機開得很大，以便每個人都可聽到新聞。"而後
者表示"他把收音機開得很大，結果每人都聽到了新聞。"所以，"so that"是用以表示目的。

Exercise 4
判斷下列句子中，哪些副詞子句是(a)時間副詞子句，哪些是(b)地點副詞子句，哪些是(c)方式副詞子句。
1. Put the chair where it was.
Answer: b
2. We will wait for you until it gets dark.
Answer: a
3. My brother has been watching television since he got back from hospital this morning.
Answer: a
4. He did the work as I had told him (to do).
Answer: c
5. These men searched for coal beds wherever there are mountains.
Answer: b
152
6. You snored while you were sleeping.
Answer: a
7. My grandpa behaves as though he were a child.
Answer: c
8. He rode as fast as he could.
Answer: c
9. She fell to the ground just as she reached the finishing line.
Answer: a
10. Before the bell rang I entered the classroom.
Answer: a

Exercise 5
給下面每個主句(main clause)配上一個副詞子句，將正確的從屬子句的代號填在後面的括號內。
% A. as if he had wings.
% B. where the soil is good and there is enough water.
% C. as expected
% D. as if it had been shot in the leg.
% E. after she finished singing.
% F. as she finished marking the paper.
% G. what the teacher said.
% H. as I walked.
% I. before dawn breaks.
% J. until she got tired.
% K. before I met you.
% L. where everyone could see them.
% M. as long as you return it after using it.
1. The taxi came to my hotel ( )
Answer: C
2. He usually gets up for early morning exercise ( )
Answer: I
3. I didn't know you can speak English ( )
Answer: K
4. The teacher pinned up the exam results ( )
Answer: F
5. My dog is limping ( )
Answer: D
6. I sang ( )
Answer: H
7. The rice must be grown in a place ( )
Answer: B
8. He ran very fast ( )
Answer: A
9. She sang songs one by one ( )
Answer: J
10. The fans gave the singer a standing ovation ( )
Answer: E
11. Donna was absent-minded about ( )
Answer: G
12. You may use my dictionary ( )
Answer: M

Exercise 6
將下列每組的兩個句子用括號內所給的詞連接起來。
Example:
It was getting dark, we found a hotel to stay at. (so)
----It was getting dark so we found a hotel to stay at.
1. David could not attend the party. He had to look after his grandpa at home. (because)
Answer: David could not attend the party because he had to look after his grandpa at home.
2. Why don't you tell her about it? You have fallen in love with her. (since)
Answer: Since you have fallen in love with her, why don't you tell her about it?
3. John has been swimming for three hours. He is exhausted now. (therefore)
153
Answer: John has been swimming for three hours, therefore he is exhausted now.
4. Batty turned down the recorder. She didn't want to wake her parents. (as)
Answer: Batty turned down the recorder as she didn't want to wake her parents.
5. Tommy is too short. He can't jump over the hurdle. (so)
Answer: Tommy is too short so he can't jump over the hurdle.

** DAY 99 **
f. 結果副詞子句(Adverbial clause of result)
結果副詞子句是由連接詞"so", "and so", "such…that", "so…that"等引導的從屬句(subordinate cl
ause)。說明某行為產生的結果。
e.g.
1) Joan sings beautifully, so she won the singing contest.
Joan 唱歌十分悅耳，結果贏了那歌唱比賽。
2) She got up too late so she missed the train.
她起床太晚了結果沒趕上火車。
3) There has been much rain these days and so it caused floods in the low-lying parts of the ci
ty.
這些日子雨水很多，城市低窪地帶，又發了洪災。
4) David is such a kind man that he has many good friends.
David 為人善良，故他有很多知心友。
5) She has made such rapid progress that her father praised her for it.
她進步很快，為此她父親表揚了她。
6) He is so arrogant that nobody is willing to work with him.
他很傲慢，沒人願意與他共事。
7) Their dog was so fierce that no one dared to come near it.
他們的狗很凶，沒人敢接近它。
8) They had such a fierce dog that no one dared to go near their house.
他們有一條異常凶猛的狗，結果沒人敢走近他們房子。
9) There was so much steam in the bathroom that we couldn't see each other.
洗澡間蒸氣很大，我們彼此都看不見對方。
10) So many people complained about their small salary that in the end the boss had to give eac
h a rise.
很多人抱怨薪水太低，結果老闆給每個人加了一次薪。
such是形容詞，用於"形容詞+名詞"之前，結構為： such + a/an + adj(形容詞)+ n.(可數名詞為單數)及：
such + adj(形容詞)+ n.(不可數名詞或可數名詞複數)
e.g.
1) He spoke for such a long time that people began to fall asleep.
他說了那麼長時間結果人們都開始睡覺。
2) They have such lovely children that all the colleagues admired them.
他們有很可愛的孩子，引起所有同事的羡慕。
3) He is so kind a man that all of us respect him.
他很善良，我們大家都尊敬他。
如果想加強語氣，so提到句首，其後的主詞(subject)應與動詞(verb)倒裝。
e.g.
1) So terrible was the storm that whole roofs were ripped off.
風暴很大，所有屋頂都吹裂了。
2) So suspicious did he become that he was afraid to go out alone.
他變得非常多疑，結果他害怕一個人出去。
容易犯的錯誤：
1) " 〤 "
There was such much dust that we couldn't see what was happening.
" ˇ "
There was so much dust that we couldn't see what was happening.
灰塵很大，我們無法看見到底發生了什麼事。
2) " 〤 "
I had such many falls that I was black and blue all over the body.
" ˇ "
I had so many falls that I was black and blue all over the body.
我跌了許多跤，以至於全身都青一塊，紫一塊。
such永遠不用於much及many之前，因此當much及many後面接有名詞時，應該用so.
g. 比較副詞子句(Adverbial clause of comparison)比較副詞子句是由連接詞'so…as', 'such…as', 'as
154
…as', 'than', 'the…the',引導，表示兩個行為或情況的比較。
e.g.
1) Mrs. Lam is as good a teacher as Mrs. Fok.
林太太與霍太太均為優秀的老師。
2) This year's Miss Universe is not so beautiful as past year's.
本年度的環球小姐沒有去年的那一位那麼漂亮。
3) The more polite you are, the more people like you.
你越有禮貌，人們愈喜歡你。
4) He runs faster than me/than I do.
他跑得比我快。
5) It is even darker today than it was yesterday.
今天較昨天天色要暗一些。
6) Tom drove more carefully than Ann (did).
Tom駕車比Ann小心。
7) I can swim better than him (better than he can).
我游泳比他游得好。
8) She makes more money in a week than I do/make in a fortnight.
她一週賺的錢比我兩週賺的錢還多。
9) He works harder than I did at his age.
他現在工作比我在他這個年齡工作還刻苦。
10) He is stronger than he looks.
他實際上比他看起來還強壯。
須注意幾個問題：
1) as…as 及 not so/as…as與形容詞或副詞的原級共用。
e.g.
He is as fast a runner as she is.
The book is not so interesting as the previous one. 而than則與比較級共用。
e.g.
He runs faster than me/than I do.
It is even darker today than it was yesterday.
Tom drove more carefully than Ann (did).
I can swim better than him (better than he can).
2) 若兩個子句(clause)的主詞(subject)不同而其助動詞及動詞的時式(tense and mood)相同時，後面可以
只接名詞(noun)/代名詞(pronoun)。
e.g.
The book is not so interesting as the previous one.
He runs faster than me.
Tom drove more carefully than Ann.
I can swim better than him.
3) 當兩個子句主詞相同而動詞時式(tense)有所改變時，以及當第二個子句擴展延伸時，動詞不可省略。
e.g.
It is even darker today than it was yesterday.
She makes more money in a week than I do/make in a fortnight.
He works harder than I did at his age.
容易犯的錯誤：
" 〤 "
It is better to say little than saying too much.
" 〤 "
It is as easy to do it right as doing it wrong.
若as/than前面的動詞是(或含有)不定詞時，as/than後面亦接不定詞(infinitive)，故以上兩個錯句應改為：

It is better to say little than (to) say too much.

It is as easy to do it right as (to) do it wrong.
若than/as之前的動詞是動名詞(Gerund )或當動作是以代名詞(pronoun)來表示時，than/as 後的動詞也要用
動名詞表示：
e.g.
" 〤 "
Skiing is more exciting than (to) skate.
" ˇ "
Skiing is more exciting than skating.
" 〤 "
155
He cleaned his shoes, which was better than do nothing.
" ˇ "
He cleaned his shoes, which was better than doing nothing.
h. 讓步副詞子句(Adverbial clause of concession)是一種由連接詞'though', 'although', 'even thoug
h', 'even if', 'no matter', 'much as'等引導的從屬子句(subordinate clause), 它表明兩個行為或環境
旳對照(contrast)。
e.g.
1) Though/Although he was angry, he listened to me patiently.
儘管他很生氣，但他仍耐心聽我講。
或 He listened to me patiently though he was angry.
他仍耐心聽我講，儘管他很生氣。
2) Even if / Even though you don't like him, you can still be polite.
即使你不喜歡他，也要有禮貌。
3) No matter what you do, don't uncover this box.
無論你做其他什麼都可以，只是別揭開這個箱子。
4) Whatever you do, don't tell him that I told you this.
無論你做什麼，千萬別告訴他我已告訴了你這件事。
5) However rich people are, they always feel anxious to make more money.
無論人們多有錢，他們都渴求賺更多的錢。
6) Patient as he was, he had no intention of waiting for two or three hours.
儘管他很有耐心，他也不願等上兩三個小時。
7) Poor as he is, he is honest.
儘管他窮，但他很誠實。
8) Much as I like it, I will not buy it.
儘管我很喜歡它，但我是不會買的。
9) However frightened you may be, you must remain outwardly calm.
無論你多恐慌，表面上你得保持鎮靜。
容易犯的錯誤：
" 〤 "
An English teacher as he is, he knows little about English grammar.
" 〤 "
As he is young, he is very brave.
以上兩句都是由 as 引導的讓步副詞子句(Adverbial clause of concession)，均是錯誤的。
由as引導讓步副詞子句的結構應為：Adj(形容詞)+ as + subject(主詞)+ be…或Adv.(副詞)+ as + subject
(主詞)+ Verb(動詞)…或：n(名詞)+ as + subject(主詞)+ be…
若此處名詞為單數名詞，其前不應加a/an.故以上兩個錯句可改為：
English teacher as he is, he knows little about English grammar.
儘管他是英語教師，他懂的英語文法不多。
Young as he is, he is very brave.
儘管他小，但他很勇敢。

** DAY 100 **
Exercise 7
選擇正確答案，使句子完整，將正確答案輸入。
Example:
He spoke # C # he had been scared.
A. when
B. like as
C. as though
D. as
1. We congratulated her # # she had won the Nobel Prize for literature.
A. though
B. as
C. on account
D. before
Answer: B
2. # #, but she has got three children.
A. Even though she is only twenty
B. Even if she is only twenty
C. Though she is only twenty
D. She is only twenty
156
Answer: D
3. He takes extra time to do the job properly # # he can get a rise.
A. to
B. because
C. so that
D. as
Answer: C
4. # # I had a cold, I didn't go to see the football match.
A. Because
B. Owing to
C. Due
D. On account for
Answer: A
5. I will inform you of it # # I get any news about your job.
A. soon
B. even if
C. as soon as
D. until
Answer: C
6. All the lights went out # # the clock struck ten.
A. when
B. as if
C. unless
D. while
Answer: A
7. # # they had lost the match, they didn't feel discouraged.
A. Although
B. No matter
C. Despite
D. However
Answer: A
8. I bought my wife a new dress # # she could look nice for the party.
A. since
B. so that
C. such that
D. to
Answer: B
9. # # they had to put off the meeting.
A. It was because the chairman was ill that
B. The chairman was ill in order that
C. The chairman was ill that
D. The chairman was ill as
Answer: A
10. He is # # an old man # # no company is willing to take him.
A. so.. so
B. such.. that
C. such.. so
D. so.. because
Answer: B
11. You must do the exercise # # I show you.
A. what
B. according to
C. as
D. after
Answer: C
12. Automobiles speed along there # # the street were a race track.
A. even though
B. regardless of
C. where
D. as if
Answer: D
157
13. Don't do anything simply # # other people are doing it.
A. when
B. however
C. because
D. because of
Answer: C
14. It was # # he was ill that he didn't go with us.
A. since
B. because
C. as
D. about
Answer: B
15. It is morning, # # the birds are singing.
A. for
B. because
C. when
D. after
Answer: A
16. # # , he did not pass the examination.
A. Hard as he studied
B. As he was studying hard
C. As hard he studied
D. Hard as did he study
Answer: A
17. I didn't go to work yesterday # #the storm.
A. because
B. as
C. since
D. because of
Answer: D
18. It was # # a terrible experience # # I will never forget it.
A. so as...that
B. so...that
C. such...as
D. such...that
Answer: D
19. The temperature lowered # # much that the water froze.
A. too
B. such
C. so
D. as
Answer: C
20. The engine will not run efficiently # # the correct fuel is not used.
A. unless
B. if
C. for
D. as
Answer: B
21. You can go out, # # you promise to be back before eleven.
A. unless
B. as long as
C. so that
D. as if
Answer: B
2. # #, you may go.
A. You once finish early
B. Whether you finish early
C. If you finish early
D. If you will finish early
Answer: C
23. # # everybody leaves you, I will not.
158
A. In spite of
B. Although
C. Unless
D. Because
Answer: B
24. You can't get off the bus # # it has stopped.
A. if
B. until
C. as
D. when
Answer: B
25. # # than she fainted.
A. Hardly had she heard the news
B. She had hardly heard the news
C. No sooner had she heard the news
D. She no sooner heard the news
Answer: C
26. I had better call my mother, # # she'll start worrying about me.
A. in case
B. unless
C. otherwise
D. if
Answer: C
27. # # you speak both Japanese and Chinese fluently will you be considered for that job.
A. If
B. Only if
C. When
D. Unless
Answer: B
28. # # you find high wages, you will generally find high prices.
A. That
B. When
C. Where
D. There
Answer: C
29. He walks # # he were drunk.
A. as if
B. as
C. like
D. when
Answer: A
30. # # the cold weather, we stayed home.
A. Because
B. In spite of
C. Due to
D. Now that
Answer: C

Exercise 8
判斷下列句子是否正確。
R: right
W: wrong
1. Although he is rich and famous, but he doesn't feel happy.
Answer: W
2. Though he has very bad health, yet he keeps studying.
Answer: W
3. As he was young, his mother left him.
Answer: R
4. As he is young, he knows a lot.
Answer: W
5. A little boy as he is, he is very brave.
159
Answer: W
6. It was rather late then, we therefore camped at the foot of a mountain.
Answer: R
7. Immediately does he have any food he eats it up.
Answer: W
8. These men risk their lives in order that we live more safely.
Answer: W
9. My elder brother is clever than me.
Answer: W
10. He works harder than I at his age.
Answer: W

160